=====
Fatmir Mani's English School
English Made Easier
June 15 2023
To determine if you are obese, you can calculate your body mass index (BMI). BMI is a commonly used method to assess whether a person has a healthy body weight based on their height and weight. Here's how you can calculate your BMI:
- Measure your weight in kilograms (kg).
- Measure your height in meters (m).
Once you have these measurements, use the following formula to calculate your BMI:
BMI = weight (kg) / (height (m))^2
For example, if you weigh 80 kilograms and your height is 1.75 meters, the calculation would be:
BMI = 80 kg / (1.75 m)^2 = 26.1
After calculating your BMI, you can interpret the results using the following categories:
- Underweight: BMI less than 18.5
- Normal weight: BMI between 18.5 and 24.9
- Overweight: BMI between 25 and 29.9
- Obesity: BMI of 30 or higher
Keep in mind that while BMI is a useful tool for most individuals, it does have limitations. It doesn't account for factors such as muscle mass, bone density, and distribution of body fat. Therefore, it's essential to consider other factors and consult with a healthcare professional for a comprehensive assessment of your health.
=========
=====
Fatmir Mani's English School
English Made Easier
June 15 2023
To determine if you are obese, you can calculate your body mass index (BMI). BMI is a commonly used method to assess whether a person has a healthy body weight based on their height and weight. Here's how you can calculate your BMI:
- Measure your weight in kilograms (kg).
- Measure your height in meters (m).
Once you have these measurements, use the following formula to calculate your BMI:
BMI = weight (kg) / (height (m))^2
For example, if you weigh 80 kilograms and your height is 1.75 meters, the calculation would be:
BMI = 80 kg / (1.75 m)^2 = 26.1
After calculating your BMI, you can interpret the results using the following categories:
- Underweight: BMI less than 18.5
- Normal weight: BMI between 18.5 and 24.9
- Overweight: BMI between 25 and 29.9
- Obesity: BMI of 30 or higher
Keep in mind that while BMI is a useful tool for most individuals, it does have limitations. It doesn't account for factors such as muscle mass, bone density, and distribution of body fat. Therefore, it's essential to consider other factors and consult with a healthcare professional for a comprehensive assessment of your health.
=========
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
05.03. 2023
. Passives: complex structures
In complex sentences, the passive voice can be used to put the focus on the action, rather than the actor. Here are some examples of complex sentences in the passive voice:
- The book, which was written by a Nobel laureate, has been widely acclaimed by critics.
- The project, which had been funded by the government, was ultimately abandoned due to lack of interest.
- The proposal, which is being considered by the committee, has generated a lot of discussion among members.
- The report, which had been commissioned by the board of directors, was presented at the annual meeting.
- The program, which will be implemented next year, has already been approved by the executive committee.
In each of these sentences, the focus is on the action (e.g., writing a book, funding a project, considering a proposal), rather than on the person or entity performing the action.
Using the passive voice in complex sentences can be particularly effective when you want to avoid mentioning the actor or when the actor is not important. It can also be useful when you want to emphasize the action being performed, rather than who is doing it.
It's important to note that the passive voice can make complex sentences more difficult to understand, so be sure to use it appropriately and sparingly.
. Passives: complex structures
In complex sentences, the passive voice can be used to put the focus on the action, rather than the actor. Here are some examples of complex sentences in the passive voice:
- The book, which was written by a Nobel laureate, has been widely acclaimed by critics.
- The project, which had been funded by the government, was ultimately abandoned due to lack of interest.
- The proposal, which is being considered by the committee, has generated a lot of discussion among members.
- The report, which had been commissioned by the board of directors, was presented at the annual meeting.
- The program, which will be implemented next year, has already been approved by the executive committee.
In each of these sentences, the focus is on the action (e.g., writing a book, funding a project, considering a proposal), rather than on the person or entity performing the action.
Using the passive voice in complex sentences can be particularly effective when you want to avoid mentioning the actor or when the actor is not important. It can also be useful when you want to emphasize the action being performed, rather than who is doing it.
It's important to note that the passive voice can make complex sentences more difficult to understand, so be sure to use it appropriately and sparingly.
=====
=====
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
05.02. 2023
1. active object complement - passive subject complement
In grammar, an object complement is a noun, pronoun, or adjective that follows and describes or renames the direct object of a verb. When the verb is in the active voice, the object complement follows the direct object.
For example, in the sentence "She painted the wall blue", "blue" is the object complement that describes the direct object "the wall".
In the passive voice, the subject complement comes after the linking verb and describes or renames the subject of the sentence. The subject complement can be a noun, pronoun, or adjective.
For example, in the sentence "The wall was painted blue by her", "blue" is still the object complement that describes the direct object "the wall", but "was painted" is the passive voice of "painted", and "her" is the agent indicated by the preposition "by". In addition, the subject "the wall" becomes the subject complement of the sentence.
Using an active object complement and a passive subject complement can be useful in situations where the emphasis is on the end result rather than the person who caused it. Here are some examples:
Active Voice:
- We elected her president.
- They named the baby James.
- She made the cake chocolate.
Passive Voice:
- She was elected president.
- The baby was named James.
- The cake was made chocolate.
In each of these sentences, the object complement (president, James, chocolate) becomes the subject complement when the sentence is changed to the passive voice.
Using an active object complement and a passive subject complement can be a good way to vary sentence structures and to put the emphasis on the result, rather than the person who caused it. However, it's important to use it appropriately and sparingly, as it can make the sentence more complex and harder to understand.
1. active object complement - passive subject complement
In grammar, an object complement is a noun, pronoun, or adjective that follows and describes or renames the direct object of a verb. When the verb is in the active voice, the object complement follows the direct object.
For example, in the sentence "She painted the wall blue", "blue" is the object complement that describes the direct object "the wall".
In the passive voice, the subject complement comes after the linking verb and describes or renames the subject of the sentence. The subject complement can be a noun, pronoun, or adjective.
For example, in the sentence "The wall was painted blue by her", "blue" is still the object complement that describes the direct object "the wall", but "was painted" is the passive voice of "painted", and "her" is the agent indicated by the preposition "by". In addition, the subject "the wall" becomes the subject complement of the sentence.
Using an active object complement and a passive subject complement can be useful in situations where the emphasis is on the end result rather than the person who caused it. Here are some examples:
Active Voice:
- We elected her president.
- They named the baby James.
- She made the cake chocolate.
Passive Voice:
- She was elected president.
- The baby was named James.
- The cake was made chocolate.
In each of these sentences, the object complement (president, James, chocolate) becomes the subject complement when the sentence is changed to the passive voice.
Using an active object complement and a passive subject complement can be a good way to vary sentence structures and to put the emphasis on the result, rather than the person who caused it. However, it's important to use it appropriately and sparingly, as it can make the sentence more complex and harder to understand.
=====
=====
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
05.01. 2023
2.Structure with introductory 'it' in passive voice: It is thought ; it is believed
The structure with introductory "it" can also be used in the passive voice, with the verbs "thought" and "believed" being common in this usage. In this case, "it" serves as the grammatical subject and is followed by a form of "to be" and a past participle, such as "thought" or "believed".
Here are some examples of sentences with an introductory "it" in the passive voice:
- It is thought that the Mona Lisa was painted in the early 16th century by Leonardo da Vinci.
- It is believed that the first Thanksgiving feast took place in 1621.
- It is said that the building was designed by a famous architect.
- It is known that elephants have excellent memory.
- It is rumored that the company is about to go bankrupt.
In each of these sentences, "it" is used at the beginning of the sentence to introduce the topic or idea, which is then followed by the passive voice construction. This structure can be useful for emphasizing an idea or belief, without having to identify a specific person or entity responsible for the idea or belief.
It's important to use this structure appropriately and make sure that the actual subject of the sentence is clear and easy to understand.
2.Structure with introductory 'it' in passive voice: It is thought ; it is believed
The structure with introductory "it" can also be used in the passive voice, with the verbs "thought" and "believed" being common in this usage. In this case, "it" serves as the grammatical subject and is followed by a form of "to be" and a past participle, such as "thought" or "believed".
Here are some examples of sentences with an introductory "it" in the passive voice:
- It is thought that the Mona Lisa was painted in the early 16th century by Leonardo da Vinci.
- It is believed that the first Thanksgiving feast took place in 1621.
- It is said that the building was designed by a famous architect.
- It is known that elephants have excellent memory.
- It is rumored that the company is about to go bankrupt.
In each of these sentences, "it" is used at the beginning of the sentence to introduce the topic or idea, which is then followed by the passive voice construction. This structure can be useful for emphasizing an idea or belief, without having to identify a specific person or entity responsible for the idea or belief.
It's important to use this structure appropriately and make sure that the actual subject of the sentence is clear and easy to understand.
=====
=====
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
04.30. 2023
3. Subject+passive verb+ infinitive
A subject + passive verb + infinitive structure is a type of sentence in which the subject is acted upon by an unspecified agent, and the main verb is in the passive voice. This structure is often used to describe an action that is intended or expected to be performed by someone or something, without identifying who or what will perform the action.
Here are some examples of sentences with a subject + passive verb + infinitive structure:
- The package is supposed to be delivered tomorrow.
- The report needs to be completed by Friday.
- The car is expected to be repaired soon.
- The manuscript is intended to be published next year.
- The building is scheduled to be demolished next month.
In each of these sentences, the subject is being acted upon by an unspecified agent, and the main verb is in the passive voice. The infinitive that follows the passive verb describes the intended or expected action.
Using a subject + passive verb + infinitive structure can be useful for expressing expectations or intentions without explicitly identifying who or what will perform the action. However, it's important to use it appropriately and to make sure that the actual subject of the sentence is clear and easy to understand.
3. Subject+passive verb+ infinitive
A subject + passive verb + infinitive structure is a type of sentence in which the subject is acted upon by an unspecified agent, and the main verb is in the passive voice. This structure is often used to describe an action that is intended or expected to be performed by someone or something, without identifying who or what will perform the action.
Here are some examples of sentences with a subject + passive verb + infinitive structure:
- The package is supposed to be delivered tomorrow.
- The report needs to be completed by Friday.
- The car is expected to be repaired soon.
- The manuscript is intended to be published next year.
- The building is scheduled to be demolished next month.
In each of these sentences, the subject is being acted upon by an unspecified agent, and the main verb is in the passive voice. The infinitive that follows the passive verb describes the intended or expected action.
Using a subject + passive verb + infinitive structure can be useful for expressing expectations or intentions without explicitly identifying who or what will perform the action. However, it's important to use it appropriately and to make sure that the actual subject of the sentence is clear and easy to understand.
=====
=====
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
04.29. 2023
4. Structure with : There is: There is thought/said to be etc
The structure "There is" is often used to introduce a statement about the existence or presence of something, and it can also be used to introduce a belief or opinion. Here are some examples of how this structure is used:
- There is a book on the table. (describing the existence of the book)
- There is a storm brewing in the distance. (describing the presence of the storm)
- There is said to be a treasure hidden in the cave. (introducing a belief or opinion)
- There is thought to be a connection between the two events. (introducing a belief or opinion)
- There is believed to be life on other planets. (introducing a belief or opinion)
In each of these examples, the phrase "there is" is used to introduce a statement about the existence or presence of something, or to introduce a belief or opinion about something. The structure is often followed by a noun, but it can also be followed by an adjective or a past participle.
Using the structure "There is" can be a useful way to introduce a statement or belief in a clear and concise manner. However, it's important to make sure that the actual subject of the sentence is clear and easy to understand.
=====
4. Structure with : There is: There is thought/said to be etc
The structure "There is" is often used to introduce a statement about the existence or presence of something, and it can also be used to introduce a belief or opinion. Here are some examples of how this structure is used:
- There is a book on the table. (describing the existence of the book)
- There is a storm brewing in the distance. (describing the presence of the storm)
- There is said to be a treasure hidden in the cave. (introducing a belief or opinion)
- There is thought to be a connection between the two events. (introducing a belief or opinion)
- There is believed to be life on other planets. (introducing a belief or opinion)
In each of these examples, the phrase "there is" is used to introduce a statement about the existence or presence of something, or to introduce a belief or opinion about something. The structure is often followed by a noun, but it can also be followed by an adjective or a past participle.
Using the structure "There is" can be a useful way to introduce a statement or belief in a clear and concise manner. However, it's important to make sure that the actual subject of the sentence is clear and easy to understand.
=====
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
04.28. 2023
Here's a chart showing how to form passive sentences for progressive and perfect tenses:
Tense Formation Example Present Progressive am/is/are being + past participle The house is being cleaned by the maid. Past Progressive was/were being + past participle The cake was being baked by the baker. Present Perfect has/have been + past participle The report has been written by the team. Past Perfect had been + past participle The game had been won by the home team.
In passive sentences for progressive and perfect tenses, the auxiliary verb "be" is used in its appropriate form, followed by the past participle of the main verb.
Here are some exercises to practice forming passive sentences for progressive and perfect tenses:
Exercise 1: Rewrite the following sentences in the passive voice:
- They are building a new hotel downtown.
- She has been teaching English for 10 years.
- The company had been developing a new product for months before it was cancelled.
- He is cooking dinner for us right now.
Answers:
- A new hotel downtown is being built by them.
- English has been taught by her for 10 years.
- A new product had been developed by the company for months before it was cancelled.
- Dinner for us is being cooked by him right now.
Exercise 2: Rewrite the following sentences in the passive voice:
- The team has been winning the game for an hour.
- The chef had been cooking the meal for two hours when the power went out.
- The computer is processing the data right now.
- We have been waiting for the bus since 10 o'clock this morning.
Answers:
- The game has been being won by the team for an hour.
- The meal had been being cooked by the chef for two hours when the power went out.
- The data is being processed by the computer right now.
- The bus has been being waited for by us since 10 o'clock this morning.
I hope these exercises help you practice forming passive sentences for progressive and perfect tenses!
=====
Here's a chart showing how to form passive sentences for progressive and perfect tenses:
Tense | Formation | Example |
---|---|---|
Present Progressive | am/is/are being + past participle | The house is being cleaned by the maid. |
Past Progressive | was/were being + past participle | The cake was being baked by the baker. |
Present Perfect | has/have been + past participle | The report has been written by the team. |
Past Perfect | had been + past participle | The game had been won by the home team. |
In passive sentences for progressive and perfect tenses, the auxiliary verb "be" is used in its appropriate form, followed by the past participle of the main verb.
Here are some exercises to practice forming passive sentences for progressive and perfect tenses:
Exercise 1: Rewrite the following sentences in the passive voice:
- They are building a new hotel downtown.
- She has been teaching English for 10 years.
- The company had been developing a new product for months before it was cancelled.
- He is cooking dinner for us right now.
Answers:
- A new hotel downtown is being built by them.
- English has been taught by her for 10 years.
- A new product had been developed by the company for months before it was cancelled.
- Dinner for us is being cooked by him right now.
Exercise 2: Rewrite the following sentences in the passive voice:
- The team has been winning the game for an hour.
- The chef had been cooking the meal for two hours when the power went out.
- The computer is processing the data right now.
- We have been waiting for the bus since 10 o'clock this morning.
Answers:
- The game has been being won by the team for an hour.
- The meal had been being cooked by the chef for two hours when the power went out.
- The data is being processed by the computer right now.
- The bus has been being waited for by us since 10 o'clock this morning.
I hope these exercises help you practice forming passive sentences for progressive and perfect tenses!
=====
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
04.29. 2023
Here's a chart showing how to form passive sentences for verbs with two objects:
Active Voice Passive Voice Subject + verb + direct object + indirect object Indirect object + be + past participle + to + direct object He gave me a gift. I was given a gift by him. She showed him the way. He was shown the way by her. They offered us a discount. We were offered a discount by them. He told her a story. She was told a story by him.
In passive sentences for verbs with two objects, the indirect object becomes the subject of the sentence, and the direct object becomes the object of the preposition "to". The past participle of the main verb is used, along with the appropriate form of the verb "to be".
I hope this chart helps you form passive sentences for verbs with two objects!
Sure, here are some more examples of passive sentences for verbs with two objects:
Active Voice:
- The teacher gave the students a test.
Passive Voice:
- The students were given a test by the teacher.
Active Voice:
- The waiter brought us the check.
Passive Voice:
- We were brought the check by the waiter.
Active Voice:
- She lent me her book.
Passive Voice:
- I was lent her book by her.
Active Voice:
- They showed him the way to the train station.
Passive Voice:
- He was shown the way to the train station by them.
Active Voice:
- The company offered me the job.
Passive Voice:
- I was offered the job by the company.
=====
Here's a chart showing how to form passive sentences for verbs with two objects:
Active Voice | Passive Voice |
---|---|
Subject + verb + direct object + indirect object | Indirect object + be + past participle + to + direct object |
He gave me a gift. | I was given a gift by him. |
She showed him the way. | He was shown the way by her. |
They offered us a discount. | We were offered a discount by them. |
He told her a story. | She was told a story by him. |
In passive sentences for verbs with two objects, the indirect object becomes the subject of the sentence, and the direct object becomes the object of the preposition "to". The past participle of the main verb is used, along with the appropriate form of the verb "to be".
I hope this chart helps you form passive sentences for verbs with two objects!
Sure, here are some more examples of passive sentences for verbs with two objects:
Active Voice:
- The teacher gave the students a test.
Passive Voice:
- The students were given a test by the teacher.
Active Voice:
- The waiter brought us the check.
Passive Voice:
- We were brought the check by the waiter.
Active Voice:
- She lent me her book.
Passive Voice:
- I was lent her book by her.
Active Voice:
- They showed him the way to the train station.
Passive Voice:
- He was shown the way to the train station by them.
Active Voice:
- The company offered me the job.
Passive Voice:
- I was offered the job by the company.
=====
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
04.28. 2023
Here are some sentences for you to choose from:
The Great Barrier Reef is the world's largest coral reef system.
OR
The Great Barrier Reef is a popular destination for tourists and divers.
The reef is home to thousands of species of marine life.
OR
The reef is threatened by climate change and other human activities.
Efforts are underway to protect and preserve the reef for future generations.
OR
There is little that can be done to save the reef from its inevitable demise.
Despite the challenges it faces, the Great Barrier Reef remains one of the most stunning natural wonders of the world.
OR
The Great Barrier Reef is no longer a viable destination for tourists due to the damage it has suffered in recent years.
Visitors can explore the reef through snorkeling, diving, and glass-bottom boat tours.
OR
Visitors are not allowed to touch or damage the reef in any way.
Choose the best sentence from each pair to create a coherent and accurate text about the Great Barrier Reef:
Answer:
Here are some sentences for you to choose from:
The Great Barrier Reef is the world's largest coral reef system. OR
The Great Barrier Reef is a popular destination for tourists and divers.
The reef is home to thousands of species of marine life. OR
The reef is threatened by climate change and other human activities.
Efforts are underway to protect and preserve the reef for future generations. OR
There is little that can be done to save the reef from its inevitable demise.
Despite the challenges it faces, the Great Barrier Reef remains one of the most stunning natural wonders of the world. OR
The Great Barrier Reef is no longer a viable destination for tourists due to the damage it has suffered in recent years.
Visitors can explore the reef through snorkeling, diving, and glass-bottom boat tours. OR
Visitors are not allowed to touch or damage the reef in any way.
Choose the best sentence from each pair to create a coherent and accurate text about the Great Barrier Reef:
Answer:
=============
=============
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
04.27. 2023
Here's a text with pairs of sentences for you to choose from:
Text:
The city of Paris is one of the most popular tourist destinations in the world. Its iconic landmarks and rich history make it a must-see for many travelers. However, Paris is not just a place for tourists to visit. It's also a vibrant and dynamic city with a rich cultural scene and a diverse population.
Paris has been a popular tourist destination for centuries, attracting millions of visitors every year.
OR
The popularity of Paris as a tourist destination has grown rapidly in recent years, with millions of people visiting each year.
Paris is famous for its iconic landmarks, such as the Eiffel Tower and Notre-Dame Cathedral.
OR
The Eiffel Tower and Notre-Dame Cathedral are two of Paris's most iconic landmarks, and are world-famous attractions.
Despite its popularity as a tourist destination, Paris is also a living city with a rich cultural scene.
OR
Paris's cultural scene is overshadowed by its popularity as a tourist destination, but it is actually a vibrant and dynamic city with a lot to offer locals and visitors alike.
One of the things that makes Paris unique is its diverse population, with people from all over the world living and working in the city.
OR
Paris's population is not very diverse, with most people being native French speakers and relatively few foreigners living in the city.
Choose the best sentence from each pair to create a coherent and accurate text about Paris:
Answer:
=====
Here's a text with pairs of sentences for you to choose from:
Text:
The city of Paris is one of the most popular tourist destinations in the world. Its iconic landmarks and rich history make it a must-see for many travelers. However, Paris is not just a place for tourists to visit. It's also a vibrant and dynamic city with a rich cultural scene and a diverse population.
Paris has been a popular tourist destination for centuries, attracting millions of visitors every year. OR
The popularity of Paris as a tourist destination has grown rapidly in recent years, with millions of people visiting each year.
Paris is famous for its iconic landmarks, such as the Eiffel Tower and Notre-Dame Cathedral. OR
The Eiffel Tower and Notre-Dame Cathedral are two of Paris's most iconic landmarks, and are world-famous attractions.
Despite its popularity as a tourist destination, Paris is also a living city with a rich cultural scene. OR
Paris's cultural scene is overshadowed by its popularity as a tourist destination, but it is actually a vibrant and dynamic city with a lot to offer locals and visitors alike.
One of the things that makes Paris unique is its diverse population, with people from all over the world living and working in the city. OR
Paris's population is not very diverse, with most people being native French speakers and relatively few foreigners living in the city.
Choose the best sentence from each pair to create a coherent and accurate text about Paris:
Answer:
=====
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
04.26. 2023
Here are some reasons why you might choose to use passive voice in your writing:
- To shift the focus to the object or the action being performed. In passive voice, the object or the action being performed becomes the subject of the sentence. This can be useful when you want to emphasize what is being done, rather than who is doing it.
Example: "The Mona Lisa was painted by Leonardo da Vinci" (passive) versus "Leonardo da Vinci painted the Mona Lisa" (active). In the passive sentence, the focus is on the painting itself, rather than on the artist who created it.
- To avoid assigning blame or responsibility. Passive voice can be used to avoid placing blame on a specific person or group.
Example: "Mistakes were made" (passive) versus "We made mistakes" (active). In the passive sentence, there is no specific actor responsible for the mistakes, whereas in the active sentence, "we" take responsibility for the mistakes.
- To sound more formal or objective. Passive voice can be used in formal or academic writing to sound more objective and detached.
Example: "The study was conducted to determine the effects of caffeine on the body" (passive) versus "We conducted the study to determine the effects of caffeine on the body" (active). In the passive sentence, the focus is on the study and its purpose, rather than on the researchers who conducted it.
It's important to note that while passive voice can be useful in certain contexts, it can also make your writing less clear and direct. When using passive voice, make sure that your sentences are still clear and easy to understand, and consider whether an active construction might be more appropriate.
=====
Here are some reasons why you might choose to use passive voice in your writing:
- To shift the focus to the object or the action being performed. In passive voice, the object or the action being performed becomes the subject of the sentence. This can be useful when you want to emphasize what is being done, rather than who is doing it.
Example: "The Mona Lisa was painted by Leonardo da Vinci" (passive) versus "Leonardo da Vinci painted the Mona Lisa" (active). In the passive sentence, the focus is on the painting itself, rather than on the artist who created it.
- To avoid assigning blame or responsibility. Passive voice can be used to avoid placing blame on a specific person or group.
Example: "Mistakes were made" (passive) versus "We made mistakes" (active). In the passive sentence, there is no specific actor responsible for the mistakes, whereas in the active sentence, "we" take responsibility for the mistakes.
- To sound more formal or objective. Passive voice can be used in formal or academic writing to sound more objective and detached.
Example: "The study was conducted to determine the effects of caffeine on the body" (passive) versus "We conducted the study to determine the effects of caffeine on the body" (active). In the passive sentence, the focus is on the study and its purpose, rather than on the researchers who conducted it.
It's important to note that while passive voice can be useful in certain contexts, it can also make your writing less clear and direct. When using passive voice, make sure that your sentences are still clear and easy to understand, and consider whether an active construction might be more appropriate.
=====
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
04.25.2023
Here are some exercises to practice identifying and transforming sentences from active to passive voice and vice versa:
Exercise 1: Rewrite the following sentences in the passive voice:
- The teacher gave the students an assignment.
- The wind knocked down the tree.
- The waiter is serving the food to the customers.
- The company will launch a new product next month.
- The children broke the vase.
Answers:
- An assignment was given to the students by the teacher.
- The tree was knocked down by the wind.
- The food is being served to the customers by the waiter.
- A new product will be launched by the company next month.
- The vase was broken by the children.
Exercise 2: Rewrite the following sentences in the active voice:
- The door was opened by the cat.
- The letter will be sent by my sister.
- The ball was thrown by the boy.
- The car was driven by John.
- The cake was made by the baker.
Answers:
- The cat opened the door.
- My sister will send the letter.
- The boy threw the ball.
- John drove the car.
- The baker made the cake.
I hope these exercises help you practice identifying and transforming sentences from active to passive voice and vice versa!
Here are some exercises to practice identifying and transforming sentences from active to passive voice and vice versa:
Exercise 1: Rewrite the following sentences in the passive voice:
- The teacher gave the students an assignment.
- The wind knocked down the tree.
- The waiter is serving the food to the customers.
- The company will launch a new product next month.
- The children broke the vase.
Answers:
- An assignment was given to the students by the teacher.
- The tree was knocked down by the wind.
- The food is being served to the customers by the waiter.
- A new product will be launched by the company next month.
- The vase was broken by the children.
Exercise 2: Rewrite the following sentences in the active voice:
- The door was opened by the cat.
- The letter will be sent by my sister.
- The ball was thrown by the boy.
- The car was driven by John.
- The cake was made by the baker.
Answers:
- The cat opened the door.
- My sister will send the letter.
- The boy threw the ball.
- John drove the car.
- The baker made the cake.
I hope these exercises help you practice identifying and transforming sentences from active to passive voice and vice versa!
========
========
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
04.25.2023
Here are some examples of active voice sentences and their corresponding passive voice sentences:
Active Voice:
- She ate the pizza.
Passive Voice:
- The pizza was eaten by her.
Active Voice:
- They will clean the house.
Passive Voice:
- The house will be cleaned by them.
Active Voice:
- He is reading the book.
Passive Voice:
- The book is being read by him.
Active Voice:
- The teacher gave the students a test.
Passive Voice:
- A test was given to the students by the teacher.
Active Voice:
- The dog chased the cat.
Passive Voice:
- The cat was chased by the dog.
========
Here are some examples of active voice sentences and their corresponding passive voice sentences:
Active Voice:
- She ate the pizza.
Passive Voice:
- The pizza was eaten by her.
Active Voice:
- They will clean the house.
Passive Voice:
- The house will be cleaned by them.
Active Voice:
- He is reading the book.
Passive Voice:
- The book is being read by him.
Active Voice:
- The teacher gave the students a test.
Passive Voice:
- A test was given to the students by the teacher.
Active Voice:
- The dog chased the cat.
Passive Voice:
- The cat was chased by the dog.
========
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
04.24.2023
Passive voice is a grammatical construction in which the subject of a sentence is acted upon by the verb, rather than performing the action themselves. In passive voice, the focus is on the action being done rather than the person doing it.
Here's a chart showing how passive voice is formed in different tenses:
Tense Formation Example Simple Present is/are + past participle The cake is baked by the baker. Present Continuous is/are being + past participle The cake is being baked by the baker. Simple Past was/were + past participle The cake was baked by the baker. Past Continuous was/were being + past participle The cake was being baked by the baker. Present Perfect has/have been + past participle The cake has been baked by the baker. Past Perfect had been + past participle The cake had been baked by the baker. Future Simple will be + past participle The cake will be baked by the baker. Future Perfect will have been + past participle The cake will have been baked by the baker.
Note that in passive voice, the object of the active voice sentence becomes the subject of the passive voice sentence, while the subject of the active voice sentence becomes the object of the preposition "by".
In a passive voice sentence, the subject is the receiver of the action, while the object is the doer of the action (as represented by the preposition "by").
Here's a chart to illustrate this:
Active Voice Passive Voice Subject: I Subject: The cake Verb: bake Verb: is/are baked Object: the cake Object: (by) me
In the active voice sentence "I bake the cake", "I" is the subject performing the action of baking, while "the cake" is the object receiving the action.
In the corresponding passive voice sentence "The cake is baked by me", "the cake" is now the subject receiving the action of being baked, while "me" (represented by the preposition "by") is the object performing the action of baking.
========
Passive voice is a grammatical construction in which the subject of a sentence is acted upon by the verb, rather than performing the action themselves. In passive voice, the focus is on the action being done rather than the person doing it.
Here's a chart showing how passive voice is formed in different tenses:
Tense | Formation | Example |
---|---|---|
Simple Present | is/are + past participle | The cake is baked by the baker. |
Present Continuous | is/are being + past participle | The cake is being baked by the baker. |
Simple Past | was/were + past participle | The cake was baked by the baker. |
Past Continuous | was/were being + past participle | The cake was being baked by the baker. |
Present Perfect | has/have been + past participle | The cake has been baked by the baker. |
Past Perfect | had been + past participle | The cake had been baked by the baker. |
Future Simple | will be + past participle | The cake will be baked by the baker. |
Future Perfect | will have been + past participle | The cake will have been baked by the baker. |
Note that in passive voice, the object of the active voice sentence becomes the subject of the passive voice sentence, while the subject of the active voice sentence becomes the object of the preposition "by".
In a passive voice sentence, the subject is the receiver of the action, while the object is the doer of the action (as represented by the preposition "by").
Here's a chart to illustrate this:
Active Voice | Passive Voice |
---|---|
Subject: I | Subject: The cake |
Verb: bake | Verb: is/are baked |
Object: the cake | Object: (by) me |
In the active voice sentence "I bake the cake", "I" is the subject performing the action of baking, while "the cake" is the object receiving the action.
In the corresponding passive voice sentence "The cake is baked by me", "the cake" is now the subject receiving the action of being baked, while "me" (represented by the preposition "by") is the object performing the action of baking.
========
Paf04.20.2023
Fatmir Mani's English School
English Made Easier
In English, there are several ways to express future actions or events, including the simple future, future continuous, future perfect, future perfect continuous, and the use of modal verbs.
Here's a chart showing the differences and meanings of each tense:
Tense Form Example Use Simple future Subject + "will" + base form of verb I will walk to work tomorrow. Future actions or predictions. Future continuous Subject + "will be" + present participle (-ing) I will be walking to work at this time tomorrow. Ongoing actions in the future. Future perfect Subject + "will have" + past participle By this time next week, I will have walked to work ten times. Completed actions in the future before another future action. Future perfect continuous Subject + "will have been" + present participle (-ing) By the end of the year, I will have been walking to work for six months. Ongoing actions in the future before another future action, with a focus on the duration of the action. Modal verbs Subject + modal verb + base form of verb She might walk to work tomorrow. Expresses probability, possibility, ability, or obligation.
And here are some exercises to practice using these future tenses:
- Complete the sentences with the correct future tense:
a. I ____________ to work tomorrow. (simple future)
b. She ____________ to be walking to work at this time next week. (future continuous)
c. They ____________ finished packing by the time we arrive. (future perfect)
d. We ____________ walking to work for three hours by the time we get home. (future perfect continuous)
e. He ____________ the news by the end of the day. (simple future)
f. She ____________ take the day off if she's not feeling well. (modal verb)
- Choose the correct future tense to complete the sentences:
a. We (will/will be) traveling to Europe next summer.
b. They (will have/will have been) living in this city for ten years next month.
c. She (might/will) come to the party if she finishes her work on time.
d. I (will/will have) finished my project by the end of the week.
e. He (will be/will have been) playing soccer for two hours by the time we arrive.
f. They (could/will) win the game if they play well.
I hope this helps!
============
Paf04.18.2023
Fatmir Mani's English School
English Made Easier
In English, there are four past tenses: simple past, past continuous, past perfect, and past perfect continuous.
Here's a chart showing the differences and meanings of each tense:
Tense Form Example Use Simple past Subject + past tense of verb I walked to work yesterday. Completed actions in the past. Past continuous Subject + "was/were" verb + present participle (-ing) I was walking to work when it started to rain. Ongoing actions in the past (interrupted by another action or event). Past perfect Subject + "had" + past participle I had walked to work before it started to rain. Completed actions before another past action. Past perfect continuous Subject + "had been" + present participle (-ing) I had been walking to work for an hour before it started to rain. Ongoing actions before another past action, with a focus on the duration of the action.
And here are some exercises to practice using these past tenses:
- Complete the sentences with the correct past tense:
a. I ____________ to work yesterday. (simple past)
b. She ____________ when she saw the accident. (past continuous)
c. They ____________ already left by the time we arrived. (past perfect)
d. We ____________ for hours before we finally found the right street. (past perfect continuous)
e. He ____________ the news and immediately called his family. (simple past)
f. She ____________ studying for the exam all night. (past continuous)
- Choose the correct past tense to complete the sentences:
a. I (saw/had seen) that movie three times already.
b. They (were/had been) waiting for the bus for half an hour.
c. She (went/had gone) to the store before she realized she forgot her wallet.
d. We (were/had been) watching TV when the power went out.
e. He (played/had played) soccer since he was a child.
f. They (had been/were) living in that house for ten years before they decided to sell it.
I hope this helps!
====
Paf04.16.2023
Fatmir Mani's English School
English Made Easier
In English, there are four present tenses: simple present, present continuous, present perfect, and present perfect continuous.
Here's a chart showing the differences and meanings of each tense:
Tense Form Example Use Simple present Subject + base form of verb I walk to work every day. Repeated actions, general truths/facts, and permanent situations. Present continuous Subject + "to be" verb + present participle (-ing) I am walking to work right now. Actions happening now or around now (temporary situations). Present perfect Subject + "have/has" + past participle I have walked to work many times. Actions that started in the past and continue until now (unfinished time period) or past actions with a present result. Present perfect continuous Subject + "have/has been" + present participle (-ing) I have been walking to work a lot lately. Actions that started in the past and continue until now (unfinished time period) or past actions with a present result, with a focus on the duration of the action.
And here are some exercises to practice using these present tenses:
- Complete the sentences with the correct present tense:
a. I ____________ to music every day. (simple present)
b. She ____________ on her homework right now. (present continuous)
c. They ____________ their friends for ten years. (present perfect)
d. We ____________ for the same company since 2010. (present perfect)
e. He ____________ for a walk every morning. (simple present)
f. She ____________ English for three hours. (present perfect continuous)
- Choose the correct present tense to complete the sentences:
a. I (am/was) watching TV when you called.
b. They (have/had) been studying for the exam for three hours.
c. She (plays/has played) the guitar since she was ten.
d. We (are/were) eating dinner when the phone rang.
e. He (is/was) always forgetting his keys.
f. They (have been/had been) living in this city for five years.
I hope this helps!
=========
Paf04.20.2023
Fatmir Mani's English School
English Made Easier
In English, there are several ways to express future actions or events, including the simple future, future continuous, future perfect, future perfect continuous, and the use of modal verbs.
Here's a chart showing the differences and meanings of each tense:
Tense | Form | Example | Use |
---|---|---|---|
Simple future | Subject + "will" + base form of verb | I will walk to work tomorrow. | Future actions or predictions. |
Future continuous | Subject + "will be" + present participle (-ing) | I will be walking to work at this time tomorrow. | Ongoing actions in the future. |
Future perfect | Subject + "will have" + past participle | By this time next week, I will have walked to work ten times. | Completed actions in the future before another future action. |
Future perfect continuous | Subject + "will have been" + present participle (-ing) | By the end of the year, I will have been walking to work for six months. | Ongoing actions in the future before another future action, with a focus on the duration of the action. |
Modal verbs | Subject + modal verb + base form of verb | She might walk to work tomorrow. | Expresses probability, possibility, ability, or obligation. |
And here are some exercises to practice using these future tenses:
- Complete the sentences with the correct future tense:
a. I ____________ to work tomorrow. (simple future) b. She ____________ to be walking to work at this time next week. (future continuous) c. They ____________ finished packing by the time we arrive. (future perfect) d. We ____________ walking to work for three hours by the time we get home. (future perfect continuous) e. He ____________ the news by the end of the day. (simple future) f. She ____________ take the day off if she's not feeling well. (modal verb)
- Choose the correct future tense to complete the sentences:
a. We (will/will be) traveling to Europe next summer. b. They (will have/will have been) living in this city for ten years next month. c. She (might/will) come to the party if she finishes her work on time. d. I (will/will have) finished my project by the end of the week. e. He (will be/will have been) playing soccer for two hours by the time we arrive. f. They (could/will) win the game if they play well.
I hope this helps!
============
Paf04.18.2023
Fatmir Mani's English School
English Made Easier
In English, there are four past tenses: simple past, past continuous, past perfect, and past perfect continuous.
Here's a chart showing the differences and meanings of each tense:
Tense | Form | Example | Use |
---|---|---|---|
Simple past | Subject + past tense of verb | I walked to work yesterday. | Completed actions in the past. |
Past continuous | Subject + "was/were" verb + present participle (-ing) | I was walking to work when it started to rain. | Ongoing actions in the past (interrupted by another action or event). |
Past perfect | Subject + "had" + past participle | I had walked to work before it started to rain. | Completed actions before another past action. |
Past perfect continuous | Subject + "had been" + present participle (-ing) | I had been walking to work for an hour before it started to rain. | Ongoing actions before another past action, with a focus on the duration of the action. |
And here are some exercises to practice using these past tenses:
- Complete the sentences with the correct past tense:
a. I ____________ to work yesterday. (simple past) b. She ____________ when she saw the accident. (past continuous) c. They ____________ already left by the time we arrived. (past perfect) d. We ____________ for hours before we finally found the right street. (past perfect continuous) e. He ____________ the news and immediately called his family. (simple past) f. She ____________ studying for the exam all night. (past continuous)
- Choose the correct past tense to complete the sentences:
a. I (saw/had seen) that movie three times already. b. They (were/had been) waiting for the bus for half an hour. c. She (went/had gone) to the store before she realized she forgot her wallet. d. We (were/had been) watching TV when the power went out. e. He (played/had played) soccer since he was a child. f. They (had been/were) living in that house for ten years before they decided to sell it.
I hope this helps!
====
Paf04.16.2023
Fatmir Mani's English School
English Made Easier
In English, there are four present tenses: simple present, present continuous, present perfect, and present perfect continuous.
Here's a chart showing the differences and meanings of each tense:
Tense | Form | Example | Use |
---|---|---|---|
Simple present | Subject + base form of verb | I walk to work every day. | Repeated actions, general truths/facts, and permanent situations. |
Present continuous | Subject + "to be" verb + present participle (-ing) | I am walking to work right now. | Actions happening now or around now (temporary situations). |
Present perfect | Subject + "have/has" + past participle | I have walked to work many times. | Actions that started in the past and continue until now (unfinished time period) or past actions with a present result. |
Present perfect continuous | Subject + "have/has been" + present participle (-ing) | I have been walking to work a lot lately. | Actions that started in the past and continue until now (unfinished time period) or past actions with a present result, with a focus on the duration of the action. |
And here are some exercises to practice using these present tenses:
- Complete the sentences with the correct present tense:
a. I ____________ to music every day. (simple present) b. She ____________ on her homework right now. (present continuous) c. They ____________ their friends for ten years. (present perfect) d. We ____________ for the same company since 2010. (present perfect) e. He ____________ for a walk every morning. (simple present) f. She ____________ English for three hours. (present perfect continuous)
- Choose the correct present tense to complete the sentences:
a. I (am/was) watching TV when you called. b. They (have/had) been studying for the exam for three hours. c. She (plays/has played) the guitar since she was ten. d. We (are/were) eating dinner when the phone rang. e. He (is/was) always forgetting his keys. f. They (have been/had been) living in this city for five years.
I hope this helps!
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
13.04.2023
The passive voice is a grammatical construction in which the subject of a sentence receives the action of the verb rather than performing the action. In other words, the focus is on what is done to the subject rather than who is doing it.
To form the passive voice in English, the verb "to be" is combined with the past participle of the main verb. The subject of the sentence is often preceded by the preposition "by," which introduces the agent performing the action (although the agent is sometimes omitted). Here are some examples:
Active Voice:
- The cat chased the mouse.
- John painted the house.
- The company hired a new employee.
Passive Voice:
- The mouse was chased by the cat.
- The house was painted by John.
- A new employee was hired by the company.
Note that in the passive voice, the object of the active sentence becomes the subject of the passive sentence, while the subject of the active sentence is either omitted or introduced by the preposition "by." The verb form "to be" is followed by the past participle of the main verb (e.g., chased, painted, hired).
It's important to note that the passive voice is not always the best choice, as it can make sentences more complex and less direct. In general, it is preferable to use the active voice whenever possible, as it is usually more concise and clearer. However, there are situations where the passive voice can be useful, such as when the doer of the action is unknown, unimportant, or already known from the context.
The passive voice is a grammatical construction in which the subject of a sentence receives the action of the verb rather than performing the action. In other words, the focus is on what is done to the subject rather than who is doing it.
To form the passive voice in English, the verb "to be" is combined with the past participle of the main verb. The subject of the sentence is often preceded by the preposition "by," which introduces the agent performing the action (although the agent is sometimes omitted). Here are some examples:
Active Voice:
- The cat chased the mouse.
- John painted the house.
- The company hired a new employee.
Passive Voice:
- The mouse was chased by the cat.
- The house was painted by John.
- A new employee was hired by the company.
Note that in the passive voice, the object of the active sentence becomes the subject of the passive sentence, while the subject of the active sentence is either omitted or introduced by the preposition "by." The verb form "to be" is followed by the past participle of the main verb (e.g., chased, painted, hired).
It's important to note that the passive voice is not always the best choice, as it can make sentences more complex and less direct. In general, it is preferable to use the active voice whenever possible, as it is usually more concise and clearer. However, there are situations where the passive voice can be useful, such as when the doer of the action is unknown, unimportant, or already known from the context.
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
12.04.2023
=========
"Diateza Passive " është një konstruksion gramatikor në të cilin subjekti i një fjalie merr veprimin e foljes në vend të kryerjes së veprës. Me fjalë të tjera, fokusi është tek çfarë bëhet me subjektin dhe jo se kush e bën këtë veprim.
Për të formuar "diatezen e pesore" në anglisht, folja "to be" ndërtohet së bashku me pjesën e shkuar të foljes kryesore. Subjekti i fjalive shpesh është paraqitur nga parafjalja "nga", e cila shërben si një përshkrim i personit që kryen veprimin (megjithatë, përkthyesi mund të mos e përdorë këtë parafjalë). Ja disa shembuj:
Zëri Aktiv:
- Macja ndoqi miun.
- Johni vajzën e ngjyrosi.
- Kompania punësuar një punonjës të ri.
Zëri Pasiv:
- Miut iu ndoq nga macja.
- Shtëpia u ngjyros nga Johni.
- Një punonjës i ri u punësua nga kompania.
Vërejtje: Në zërin e pasivit, objekti i fjalive aktive bëhet subjekt i fjalive të pasivit, ndërsa subjekti i fjalive aktive është ose është paraqitur nga parafjalja "nga". Forma e foljes "to be" ndjeket nga pjesa e shkuar e foljes kryesore (p.sh., ndoqi, ngjyrosi, punësoi).
Është e rëndësishme të përmendet se "zëri i pasivit" nuk është gjithmonë zgjidhja më e mirë, pasi mund të bëjë fjalitë më të ndërlikuara dhe më pak të drejtpërdrejta. Përgjithësisht, është më e pëlqyeshme të përdoret "zëri aktiv" kur është e mundur, sepse kjo është zakonisht më e shkurtër dhe më e qartë. Megjithatë, ka situata kur "zëri i pasivit" mund të jetë i dobishëm, si kur kryerësi i veprës nuk është i njohur, i pakëndshëm ose tashmë i njohur nga konteksti.
====
"Diateza Passive " është një konstruksion gramatikor në të cilin subjekti i një fjalie merr veprimin e foljes në vend të kryerjes së veprës. Me fjalë të tjera, fokusi është tek çfarë bëhet me subjektin dhe jo se kush e bën këtë veprim.
Për të formuar "diatezen e pesore" në anglisht, folja "to be" ndërtohet së bashku me pjesën e shkuar të foljes kryesore. Subjekti i fjalive shpesh është paraqitur nga parafjalja "nga", e cila shërben si një përshkrim i personit që kryen veprimin (megjithatë, përkthyesi mund të mos e përdorë këtë parafjalë). Ja disa shembuj:
Zëri Aktiv:
- Macja ndoqi miun.
- Johni vajzën e ngjyrosi.
- Kompania punësuar një punonjës të ri.
Zëri Pasiv:
- Miut iu ndoq nga macja.
- Shtëpia u ngjyros nga Johni.
- Një punonjës i ri u punësua nga kompania.
Vërejtje: Në zërin e pasivit, objekti i fjalive aktive bëhet subjekt i fjalive të pasivit, ndërsa subjekti i fjalive aktive është ose është paraqitur nga parafjalja "nga". Forma e foljes "to be" ndjeket nga pjesa e shkuar e foljes kryesore (p.sh., ndoqi, ngjyrosi, punësoi).
Është e rëndësishme të përmendet se "zëri i pasivit" nuk është gjithmonë zgjidhja më e mirë, pasi mund të bëjë fjalitë më të ndërlikuara dhe më pak të drejtpërdrejta. Përgjithësisht, është më e pëlqyeshme të përdoret "zëri aktiv" kur është e mundur, sepse kjo është zakonisht më e shkurtër dhe më e qartë. Megjithatë, ka situata kur "zëri i pasivit" mund të jetë i dobishëm, si kur kryerësi i veprës nuk është i njohur, i pakëndshëm ose tashmë i njohur nga konteksti.
====
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
11.04.2023
Here are some exercises to practice forming and using passive voice sentences:
Exercise 1: Convert the following active voice sentences to passive voice:
- The teacher graded the exams.
- The company is developing a new product.
- The chef cooked the meal.
- The mechanic fixed the car.
- The president will announce the winner.
Exercise 2: Convert the following passive voice sentences to active voice:
- The book was written by a famous author.
- The cake was baked by my sister.
- The film was directed by an award-winning filmmaker.
- The report was presented by the research team.
- The concert will be attended by thousands of fans.
Exercise 3: Write passive voice sentences for the following active voice sentences:
- The police arrested the suspect.
- My friend recommended this book to me.
- The storm destroyed the house.
- The doctor prescribed some medication.
- The committee rejected the proposal.
Exercise 4: Write active voice sentences for the following passive voice sentences:
- The contract was signed by the CEO.
- The letter was delivered by the postman.
- The package was opened by the recipient.
- The decision was made by the board of directors.
- The article will be published by the journal.
Remember to pay attention to verb tense and to include an appropriate subject and object for each sentence. Good luck with your practice!
========
Here are some exercises to practice forming and using passive voice sentences:
Exercise 1: Convert the following active voice sentences to passive voice:
- The teacher graded the exams.
- The company is developing a new product.
- The chef cooked the meal.
- The mechanic fixed the car.
- The president will announce the winner.
Exercise 2: Convert the following passive voice sentences to active voice:
- The book was written by a famous author.
- The cake was baked by my sister.
- The film was directed by an award-winning filmmaker.
- The report was presented by the research team.
- The concert will be attended by thousands of fans.
Exercise 3: Write passive voice sentences for the following active voice sentences:
- The police arrested the suspect.
- My friend recommended this book to me.
- The storm destroyed the house.
- The doctor prescribed some medication.
- The committee rejected the proposal.
Exercise 4: Write active voice sentences for the following passive voice sentences:
- The contract was signed by the CEO.
- The letter was delivered by the postman.
- The package was opened by the recipient.
- The decision was made by the board of directors.
- The article will be published by the journal.
Remember to pay attention to verb tense and to include an appropriate subject and object for each sentence. Good luck with your practice!
========
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
10.04.2023
Hi Glei,
You asked me a question today morning and I am trying to send you an answer to it. Hope you will find it helpful.
fm
You asked me a question today morning and I am trying to send you an answer to it. Hope you will find it helpful.
fm
A causative construction is a grammatical structure used to express that someone causes or makes someone or something do something. This can involve two types of causation: direct causation, where the subject causes the action directly, or indirect causation, where the subject arranges for someone or something else to cause the action.
One way to explain causative constructions to students is to use examples and show them how the structure is formed. For example, in English, causative constructions are often formed using the verbs "make," "let," "have," or "get," followed by the base form of the verb. Here are some examples:
Direct causation:
- I made him clean his room.
- She let me borrow her car.
- They had their house painted.
- He got his hair cut.
Indirect causation:
- I had my car repaired.
- She got her paper proofread.
- They had their dog groomed.
Once students have seen some examples, you can explain that the causative verb (make, let, have, or get) is the main verb of the sentence, and that the following verb (clean, borrow, paint, cut, etc.) is in the base form. You can also point out that the causative construction often involves a change in agency: the person or thing doing the action is different from the one causing the action.
To help students understand the meaning of causative constructions, you can ask them to think of situations where they might use these structures. For example, you could ask them to imagine a scenario where they need to ask someone else to do something for them, or where they are responsible for making someone else do something. You could also ask them to identify examples of causative constructions in books or movies they have seen.
Overall, it's important to give students lots of examples and practice with causative constructions, and to encourage them to use these structures in their own speaking and writing.
A causative construction is a grammatical structure used to express that someone causes or makes someone or something do something. This can involve two types of causation: direct causation, where the subject causes the action directly, or indirect causation, where the subject arranges for someone or something else to cause the action.
One way to explain causative constructions to students is to use examples and show them how the structure is formed. For example, in English, causative constructions are often formed using the verbs "make," "let," "have," or "get," followed by the base form of the verb. Here are some examples:
Direct causation:
- I made him clean his room.
- She let me borrow her car.
- They had their house painted.
- He got his hair cut.
Indirect causation:
- I had my car repaired.
- She got her paper proofread.
- They had their dog groomed.
Once students have seen some examples, you can explain that the causative verb (make, let, have, or get) is the main verb of the sentence, and that the following verb (clean, borrow, paint, cut, etc.) is in the base form. You can also point out that the causative construction often involves a change in agency: the person or thing doing the action is different from the one causing the action.
To help students understand the meaning of causative constructions, you can ask them to think of situations where they might use these structures. For example, you could ask them to imagine a scenario where they need to ask someone else to do something for them, or where they are responsible for making someone else do something. You could also ask them to identify examples of causative constructions in books or movies they have seen.
Overall, it's important to give students lots of examples and practice with causative constructions, and to encourage them to use these structures in their own speaking and writing.
=========
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
09.04.2023
Fatmir Mani's English School
Një konstruksion shkaqësor është një strukturë gramatikore e përdorur për të shprehur se dikush shkakton ose bën dikë ose diçka të bëjë diçka. Kjo mund të përfshijë dy lloje shkaqësimi: shkaqësimi direkt, ku subjekti shkakton veprimin drejtpërdrejtë, ose shkaqësimi indirekt, ku subjekti organizon që dikush ose diçka tjetër të shkaktojë veprimin.
Një mënyrë për të shpjeguar konstruksionet shkaqësore për studentët është të përdoren shembuj dhe të tregohen si formohet struktura. Për shembull, në anglisht, konstruksionet shkaqësore shpesh formohen duke përdorur foljet "bëj", "le", "kam", ose "marr", të ndjekura nga forma bazë e foljes. Ja disa shembuj:
Shkaqësimi direkt:
- E bëra që ai të pastronte dhomën e tij.
- Ajo më lejoi të marr makinen e saj në huazim.
- Ata e kanë shtëpinë e tyre të lyer.
- Ai u pre mjekrën.
Shkaqësimi indirekt:
- E kisha marrë makinën time për ta riparuar.
- Ajo kishte bërë që letërën e saj të kishte një korrektim.
- Ata kishin bërë që qenin e tyre të kishte një trimërim.
Në përgjithësi, është e rëndësishme që ju të keni shumë shembuj dhe praktikë me konstruksionet shkaqësore dhe të nxiten të përdorin këto struktura në gjuhën e tuaj.
Një konstruksion shkaqësor është një strukturë gramatikore e përdorur për të shprehur se dikush shkakton ose bën dikë ose diçka të bëjë diçka. Kjo mund të përfshijë dy lloje shkaqësimi: shkaqësimi direkt, ku subjekti shkakton veprimin drejtpërdrejtë, ose shkaqësimi indirekt, ku subjekti organizon që dikush ose diçka tjetër të shkaktojë veprimin.
Një mënyrë për të shpjeguar konstruksionet shkaqësore për studentët është të përdoren shembuj dhe të tregohen si formohet struktura. Për shembull, në anglisht, konstruksionet shkaqësore shpesh formohen duke përdorur foljet "bëj", "le", "kam", ose "marr", të ndjekura nga forma bazë e foljes. Ja disa shembuj:
Shkaqësimi direkt:
- E bëra që ai të pastronte dhomën e tij.
- Ajo më lejoi të marr makinen e saj në huazim.
- Ata e kanë shtëpinë e tyre të lyer.
- Ai u pre mjekrën.
Shkaqësimi indirekt:
- E kisha marrë makinën time për ta riparuar.
- Ajo kishte bërë që letërën e saj të kishte një korrektim.
- Ata kishin bërë që qenin e tyre të kishte një trimërim.
Në përgjithësi, është e rëndësishme që ju të keni shumë shembuj dhe praktikë me konstruksionet shkaqësore dhe të nxiten të përdorin këto struktura në gjuhën e tuaj.
Këtu janë disa shembuj të tjerë të konstruksioneve shkaqësore në anglisht dhe përkthimet e tyre në shqip:
- I had my hair cut. - E kisha prerë flokët.
- She got her car repaired. - Ajo kishte bërë që makina e saj të riparohej.
- They made the children clean their rooms. - Ata kishin bërë që fëmijët të pastrojnë dhomat e tyre.
- He let me use his computer. - Ai më lejoi që të përdorja kompjuterin e tij.
- We had the plumber fix the leaky faucet. - Ne kishim bërë që ujësjellësi të rregullonte llambën që shpërthente.
- They made him apologize. - Ata e bënë që ai të kërkonte falje.
- She got her friend to help her move. - Ajo kishte bërë që shoku i saj të ndihmonte në lëvizjen e saj.
- He had his suit dry cleaned. - Ai kishte bërë që kostumin e tij të pastronte me kimikate.
- They let us choose the movie. - Ata na lejuan të zgjidhnim filmin.
- I made her study for the test. - E bëra që ajo të mësonte për provën.
______________________________________________________
=========
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
13.03.2023
Fatmir Mani's English School
Androcles and the Lion is a fable of Aesop that tells the story of a slave who escapes his cruel master and becomes friends with a lion in the wilderness. Here is the story:
Androcles was a slave who had escaped from his cruel master. He ran into the wilderness and, while hiding in a cave, stumbled upon a lion with a huge thorn in its paw. Androcles approached the lion, and to his surprise, the lion did not attack him. Instead, the lion lay down and held out its paw for Androcles to remove the thorn.
Androcles carefully removed the thorn from the lion's paw, and the lion roared with relief. From that moment on, the lion became Androcles' companion, bringing him food and protecting him from other animals. But eventually, Androcles was captured and returned to his master, who condemned him to death in the arena, to be torn apart by wild animals.
On the day of the spectacle, Androcles was thrown into the arena with a fierce lion. But as the lion charged at him, it recognized Androcles and ran towards him, wagging its tail. The audience was amazed to see the lion licking Androcles' feet and nuzzling its head against his chest. Androcles explained to the amazed crowd how he had helped the lion when it was injured and how it had become his friend.
The emperor, who was in the audience, was so impressed by the story that he pardoned Androcles and set him free, along with his lion companion. Androcles and the lion lived happily ever after.
Here are some multiple-choice questions about the fable:
- How did Androcles become friends with the lion?
A) He tamed the lion with his whip.
B) He stumbled upon the lion with a thorn in its paw and removed it.
C) He fought the lion and emerged victorious.
D) He fed the lion and gained its trust.
Answer:
- Why was Androcles condemned to death in the arena?
A) He stole from his master.
B) He killed a fellow slave.
C) He helped a lion in the wilderness.
D) He tried to escape his master's house.
Answer:
- What happened when Androcles was thrown into the arena with a fierce lion?
A) The lion attacked him and killed him.
B) The lion recognized him and ran towards him, wagging its tail.
C) Androcles tamed the lion with his whip.
D) The lion fled in fear when it saw Androcles.
Answer:
- What did the emperor do when he heard Androcles' story?
A) He ordered Androcles to be killed.
B) He pardoned Androcles and set him free.
C) He gave Androcles a job in the palace.
D) He ordered Androcles to be enslaved again.
Answer:
- What was the moral of the fable of Androcles and the lion?
A) It is possible to befriend even the fiercest of creatures.
B) People should not try to escape from their masters.
C) It is better to be cruel than to be kind.
D) Animals should be feared and avoided at all costs.
Answer:
=========
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
12.03.2023
Androcles and the Lion is a fable of Aesop that tells the story of a slave who escapes his cruel master and becomes friends with a lion in the wilderness. Here is the story:
Androcles was a slave who had escaped from his cruel master. He ran into the wilderness and, while hiding in a cave, stumbled upon a lion with a huge thorn in its paw. Androcles approached the lion, and to his surprise, the lion did not attack him. Instead, the lion lay down and held out its paw for Androcles to remove the thorn.
Androcles carefully removed the thorn from the lion's paw, and the lion roared with relief. From that moment on, the lion became Androcles' companion, bringing him food and protecting him from other animals. But eventually, Androcles was captured and returned to his master, who condemned him to death in the arena, to be torn apart by wild animals.
On the day of the spectacle, Androcles was thrown into the arena with a fierce lion. But as the lion charged at him, it recognized Androcles and ran towards him, wagging its tail. The audience was amazed to see the lion licking Androcles' feet and nuzzling its head against his chest. Androcles explained to the amazed crowd how he had helped the lion when it was injured and how it had become his friend.
The emperor, who was in the audience, was so impressed by the story that he pardoned Androcles and set him free, along with his lion companion. Androcles and the lion lived happily ever after.
Here are some multiple-choice questions about the fable:
- How did Androcles become friends with the lion? A) He tamed the lion with his whip. B) He stumbled upon the lion with a thorn in its paw and removed it. C) He fought the lion and emerged victorious. D) He fed the lion and gained its trust.
Answer:
- Why was Androcles condemned to death in the arena? A) He stole from his master. B) He killed a fellow slave. C) He helped a lion in the wilderness. D) He tried to escape his master's house.
Answer:
- What happened when Androcles was thrown into the arena with a fierce lion? A) The lion attacked him and killed him. B) The lion recognized him and ran towards him, wagging its tail. C) Androcles tamed the lion with his whip. D) The lion fled in fear when it saw Androcles.
Answer:
- What did the emperor do when he heard Androcles' story? A) He ordered Androcles to be killed. B) He pardoned Androcles and set him free. C) He gave Androcles a job in the palace. D) He ordered Androcles to be enslaved again.
Answer:
- What was the moral of the fable of Androcles and the lion? A) It is possible to befriend even the fiercest of creatures. B) People should not try to escape from their masters. C) It is better to be cruel than to be kind. D) Animals should be feared and avoided at all costs.
Answer:
Fatmir Mani's English School
Here's a chart explaining adverbs of frequency for B2 level learners:
Adverb of Frequency Usage Example Always To describe a repeated action that happens all the time. She always eats breakfast before work. Usually To describe a repeated action that happens most of the time. He usually takes the bus to work. Often To describe a repeated action that happens many times. They often go out to eat on the weekends. Sometimes To describe a repeated action that happens occasionally. I sometimes forget my keys at home. Rarely To describe a repeated action that happens infrequently. She rarely goes to the gym after work. Hardly ever To describe a repeated action that almost never happens. He hardly ever drinks coffee. Never To describe a repeated action that doesn't happen at all. They never miss their morning jog.
Here are some exercises and examples to help you practice using adverbs of frequency:
- Fill in the blanks with the appropriate adverb of frequency:
a) She ____________ (always/never) forgets her keys at home.
b) They ____________ (usually/rarely) go to the movies on weekdays.
c) I ____________ (often/hardly ever) eat fast food.
d) He ____________ (sometimes/never) goes to bed early.
e) We ____________ (rarely/always) take the train to work.
- Use adverbs of frequency to describe your daily routine:
a) I ____________ (always/usually) wake up at 6 a.m. and ____________ (often/sometimes) exercise in the morning.
b) During the day, I ____________ (usually/often) work on my computer and ____________ (sometimes/rarely) take breaks.
c) In the evening, I ____________ (often/rarely) cook dinner and ____________ (sometimes/hardly ever) watch TV.
- Use adverbs of frequency to describe your habits or preferences:
a) When it comes to eating, I ____________ (always/usually) prefer healthy food and ____________ (rarely/never) eat junk food.
b) In terms of exercise, I ____________ (often/usually) go to the gym and ____________ (sometimes/hardly ever) go for a run outside.
c) When it comes to hobbies, I ____________ (usually/often) read books and ____________ (sometimes/rarely) play video games.
It's important to use adverbs of frequency in the correct order in a sentence, which is usually subject + adverb of frequency + verb. For example, "I always eat breakfast before work" or "She never forgets her keys at home." Adverbs of frequency can be used in various situations such as describing daily routines, habits, and preferences. Practicing with these exercises can help you use adverbs of frequency correctly and effectively in your spoken and written communication.
I hope this helps! Let me know if you have any questions.
Here's a chart explaining adverbs of frequency for B2 level learners:
Adverb of Frequency | Usage | Example |
---|---|---|
Always | To describe a repeated action that happens all the time. | She always eats breakfast before work. |
Usually | To describe a repeated action that happens most of the time. | He usually takes the bus to work. |
Often | To describe a repeated action that happens many times. | They often go out to eat on the weekends. |
Sometimes | To describe a repeated action that happens occasionally. | I sometimes forget my keys at home. |
Rarely | To describe a repeated action that happens infrequently. | She rarely goes to the gym after work. |
Hardly ever | To describe a repeated action that almost never happens. | He hardly ever drinks coffee. |
Never | To describe a repeated action that doesn't happen at all. | They never miss their morning jog. |
Here are some exercises and examples to help you practice using adverbs of frequency:
- Fill in the blanks with the appropriate adverb of frequency:
a) She ____________ (always/never) forgets her keys at home. b) They ____________ (usually/rarely) go to the movies on weekdays. c) I ____________ (often/hardly ever) eat fast food. d) He ____________ (sometimes/never) goes to bed early. e) We ____________ (rarely/always) take the train to work.
- Use adverbs of frequency to describe your daily routine:
a) I ____________ (always/usually) wake up at 6 a.m. and ____________ (often/sometimes) exercise in the morning. b) During the day, I ____________ (usually/often) work on my computer and ____________ (sometimes/rarely) take breaks. c) In the evening, I ____________ (often/rarely) cook dinner and ____________ (sometimes/hardly ever) watch TV.
- Use adverbs of frequency to describe your habits or preferences:
a) When it comes to eating, I ____________ (always/usually) prefer healthy food and ____________ (rarely/never) eat junk food. b) In terms of exercise, I ____________ (often/usually) go to the gym and ____________ (sometimes/hardly ever) go for a run outside. c) When it comes to hobbies, I ____________ (usually/often) read books and ____________ (sometimes/rarely) play video games.
It's important to use adverbs of frequency in the correct order in a sentence, which is usually subject + adverb of frequency + verb. For example, "I always eat breakfast before work" or "She never forgets her keys at home." Adverbs of frequency can be used in various situations such as describing daily routines, habits, and preferences. Practicing with these exercises can help you use adverbs of frequency correctly and effectively in your spoken and written communication.
I hope this helps! Let me know if you have any questions.
========Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
11.03.2023
Sure! Here's a long exercise to help with revision on articles:
Instructions: Fill in the blanks with the correct article ("a," "an," "the") or leave the space blank ("-") if no article is needed.
I need ___ pencil to take notes.
Do you have ___ book I could borrow?
She's starting ___ new job next week.
___ elephant is the largest land animal.
Can you pass me ___ salt, please?
My favorite color is ___ blue.
She's studying ___ English at university.
He's a fan of ___ classical music.
___ Pacific Ocean is the largest ocean in the world.
I saw ___ dog in the park earlier.
I need to buy ___ new pair of shoes.
___ Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world.
She's wearing ___ red dress to the party.
He's taking ___ Italian lessons.
We went to ___ beach last weekend.
___ United States is a large country in North America.
Can you please give me ___ apple?
I have ___ headache today.
We saw ___ movie last night.
He's drinking ___ coffee before work.
Answer Key:
- a
- the
- a
- an
- the
- no article
- no article
- no article
- the
- a
- a
- no article
- a
- no article
- the
- the
- an
- a
- a
- no article
Sure! Here's a long exercise to help with revision on articles:
Instructions: Fill in the blanks with the correct article ("a," "an," "the") or leave the space blank ("-") if no article is needed.
I need ___ pencil to take notes.
Do you have ___ book I could borrow?
She's starting ___ new job next week.
___ elephant is the largest land animal.
Can you pass me ___ salt, please?
My favorite color is ___ blue.
She's studying ___ English at university.
He's a fan of ___ classical music.
___ Pacific Ocean is the largest ocean in the world.
I saw ___ dog in the park earlier.
I need to buy ___ new pair of shoes.
___ Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world.
She's wearing ___ red dress to the party.
He's taking ___ Italian lessons.
We went to ___ beach last weekend.
___ United States is a large country in North America.
Can you please give me ___ apple?
I have ___ headache today.
We saw ___ movie last night.
He's drinking ___ coffee before work.
Answer Key:
- a
- the
- a
- an
- the
- no article
- no article
- no article
- the
- a
- a
- no article
- a
- no article
- the
- the
- an
- a
- a
- no article
========Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
11.03.2023
There are some special cases in English where we don't use "the" or any article at all. Here are a few examples:
- Names: We don't use "the" or any article before people's names, cities, countries, and other proper nouns. For example:
- Mary is coming over for dinner tonight.
- I've always wanted to visit Paris.
- My parents are from India.
- Unspecified locations: We don't use "the" or any article when talking about an unspecified location, like a city or country. For example:
- She's moving to New York.
- Have you ever been to Japan?
- I'm planning a trip to Europe.
- Activities: We don't use "the" or any article when talking about activities in general. For example:
- I enjoy reading.
- He likes playing basketball.
- They love traveling.
Exercise: Fill in the blanks with either "the" or no article in the following sentences:
- ___ sky is so clear today.
- Have you ever been to ___ United States?
- She's going to ___ gym after work.
- I love listening to ___ classical music.
- They're planning a trip to ___ beach.
Answer Key:
- No article
- The
- The
- No article
- The
=========
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
10.03.2023
There are some special cases in English where we don't use "the" or any article at all. Here are a few examples:
- Names: We don't use "the" or any article before people's names, cities, countries, and other proper nouns. For example:
- Mary is coming over for dinner tonight.
- I've always wanted to visit Paris.
- My parents are from India.
- Unspecified locations: We don't use "the" or any article when talking about an unspecified location, like a city or country. For example:
- She's moving to New York.
- Have you ever been to Japan?
- I'm planning a trip to Europe.
- Activities: We don't use "the" or any article when talking about activities in general. For example:
- I enjoy reading.
- He likes playing basketball.
- They love traveling.
Exercise: Fill in the blanks with either "the" or no article in the following sentences:
- ___ sky is so clear today.
- Have you ever been to ___ United States?
- She's going to ___ gym after work.
- I love listening to ___ classical music.
- They're planning a trip to ___ beach.
Answer Key:
- No article
- The
- The
- No article
- The
Fatmir Mani's English School
=======
Here are some famous sayings where we don't use "the":
- Beauty is in the eye of the beholder.
- Time heals all wounds.
- Knowledge is power.
- Honesty is the best policy.
- Actions speak louder than words.
- Practice makes perfect.
- Love is blind.
In each of these sayings, we're referring to broad concepts or ideas, rather than specific instances of those concepts. As such, we don't use "the" before the noun.
=========
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
9.03.2023
=======
Here are some famous sayings where we don't use "the":
- Beauty is in the eye of the beholder.
- Time heals all wounds.
- Knowledge is power.
- Honesty is the best policy.
- Actions speak louder than words.
- Practice makes perfect.
- Love is blind.
In each of these sayings, we're referring to broad concepts or ideas, rather than specific instances of those concepts. As such, we don't use "the" before the noun.
Fatmir Mani's English School
In English, we use the definite article "the" to refer to specific, individual items or things. However, there are some cases where we don't use "the," and instead refer to a more general or non-specific item or thing.
Here are some examples of words that are typically used without "the":
Word Example Colors Blue is my favorite color. Meals I usually have oatmeal for breakfast. Languages She speaks Spanish fluently. Sports Soccer is a popular sport worldwide. Academic subjects Math was always my best subject in school. Holidays I love spending time with family during Thanksgiving.
As you can see, these words are used to refer to general or non-specific items or things. Here are some examples of sentences that use these words without "the":
- I love the color blue.
- For breakfast, I usually have oatmeal.
- She speaks the Spanish fluently.
- Soccer is a popular sport worldwide.
- Math was always my best subject in school.
- During Thanksgiving, I love spending time with the family.
Exercise: Choose the correct form of the article to complete the following sentences:
I need to buy ___ bread at the store.
(a) the (b) a (c) no article needed
___ people love to travel.
(a) the (b) a (c) no article needed
___ music helps me relax.
(a) the (b) a (c) no article needed
I want to learn ___ French.
(a) the (b) a (c) no article needed
___ basketball is my favorite sport.
(a) the (b) a (c) no article needed
Answer Key:
- (c) no article needed
- (c) no article needed
- (c) no article needed
- (b) a
- (c) no article needed
=========
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
8.03.2023
In English, we use the definite article "the" to refer to specific, individual items or things. However, there are some cases where we don't use "the," and instead refer to a more general or non-specific item or thing.
Here are some examples of words that are typically used without "the":
Word | Example |
---|---|
Colors | Blue is my favorite color. |
Meals | I usually have oatmeal for breakfast. |
Languages | She speaks Spanish fluently. |
Sports | Soccer is a popular sport worldwide. |
Academic subjects | Math was always my best subject in school. |
Holidays | I love spending time with family during Thanksgiving. |
As you can see, these words are used to refer to general or non-specific items or things. Here are some examples of sentences that use these words without "the":
- I love the color blue.
- For breakfast, I usually have oatmeal.
- She speaks the Spanish fluently.
- Soccer is a popular sport worldwide.
- Math was always my best subject in school.
- During Thanksgiving, I love spending time with the family.
Exercise: Choose the correct form of the article to complete the following sentences:
I need to buy ___ bread at the store. (a) the (b) a (c) no article needed
___ people love to travel. (a) the (b) a (c) no article needed
___ music helps me relax. (a) the (b) a (c) no article needed
I want to learn ___ French. (a) the (b) a (c) no article needed
___ basketball is my favorite sport. (a) the (b) a (c) no article needed
Answer Key:
- (c) no article needed
- (c) no article needed
- (c) no article needed
- (b) a
- (c) no article needed
Fatmir Mani's English School
We do not normally use 'the' in generalisations with plural and uncountable nous, even if there is an adjective before the noun.
We typically don't use "the" when making generalizations with plural and uncountable nouns, even if there is an adjective before the noun. Here are some examples:
- Classical music is very relaxing.
- Spicy food is not for everyone.
- Historical landmarks are important to preserve.
- Casual attire is appropriate for this event.
- Albanian culture is rich and diverse.
In each of these examples, we're talking about a broad category of things, rather than specific instances of those things. As such, we don't use "the" before the noun.
Exercise: Fill in the blanks with either "the" or no article in the following sentences:
- ___ foggy weather made it difficult to see.
- ___ stormy seas forced the boat to turn back.
- ___ romantic movies are perfect for a date night.
- ___ formal attire is required for this event.
- ___ spicy foods can be overwhelming for some people.
- ___ historical artifacts can teach us a lot about the past.
- ___ classical music is often played at weddings.
Answer Key:
- No article
- The
- No article
- The
- No article
- No article
- No article
=========
We do not normally use 'the' in generalisations with plural and uncountable nous, even if there is an adjective before the noun.
We typically don't use "the" when making generalizations with plural and uncountable nouns, even if there is an adjective before the noun. Here are some examples:
- Classical music is very relaxing.
- Spicy food is not for everyone.
- Historical landmarks are important to preserve.
- Casual attire is appropriate for this event.
- Albanian culture is rich and diverse.
In each of these examples, we're talking about a broad category of things, rather than specific instances of those things. As such, we don't use "the" before the noun.
Exercise: Fill in the blanks with either "the" or no article in the following sentences:
- ___ foggy weather made it difficult to see.
- ___ stormy seas forced the boat to turn back.
- ___ romantic movies are perfect for a date night.
- ___ formal attire is required for this event.
- ___ spicy foods can be overwhelming for some people.
- ___ historical artifacts can teach us a lot about the past.
- ___ classical music is often played at weddings.
Answer Key:
- No article
- The
- No article
- The
- No article
- No article
- No article
=========
=========
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
7.03.2023
Fatmir Mani's English School
In scientific and technical language, we often use "the" to refer to a whole class of things, even when talking about a singular countable noun. Here are some examples:
- The elephant is a large mammal.
- The computer has revolutionized the way we work.
- The human brain is an amazing organ.
Exercise: Fill in the blanks with the correct article (either "the" or no article) in the following sentences:
- ___ gold is a very valuable metal.
- ___ tomato is a fruit, not a vegetable.
- ___ horse is a domesticated animal that is used for transportation and work.
- ___ water is an essential component of life.
- ___ oxygen is necessary for human survival.
- ___ cheese is made from milk and is often used as a topping for pizza.
Answer Key:
- The
- The
- The
- No article
- The
- No article
=====
In scientific and technical language, we often use "the" to refer to a whole class of things, even when talking about a singular countable noun. Here are some examples:
- The elephant is a large mammal.
- The computer has revolutionized the way we work.
- The human brain is an amazing organ.
Exercise: Fill in the blanks with the correct article (either "the" or no article) in the following sentences:
- ___ gold is a very valuable metal.
- ___ tomato is a fruit, not a vegetable.
- ___ horse is a domesticated animal that is used for transportation and work.
- ___ water is an essential component of life.
- ___ oxygen is necessary for human survival.
- ___ cheese is made from milk and is often used as a topping for pizza.
Answer Key:
- The
- The
- The
- No article
- The
- No article
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
06.03.2023
To write a paragraph in English, follow these steps:
Choose a topic - Decide on the topic that you want to write about. Make sure it is something that you are interested in and have some knowledge about.
Write a topic sentence - Start your paragraph with a clear and concise topic sentence that introduces the main idea or point of the paragraph.
Provide supporting details - Use specific examples, facts, and details to support your topic sentence. Make sure that your supporting details are relevant and help to explain or illustrate your main point.
Use transitional words and phrases - Use transitional words and phrases to connect your ideas and make your paragraph flow smoothly. Examples of transitional words and phrases include "however," "therefore," "in addition," and "furthermore."
Conclude your paragraph - End your paragraph with a concluding sentence that summarizes your main point and leads into the next paragraph.
Edit your paragraph - After you have written your paragraph, take some time to edit and revise it. Check for spelling and grammar errors, and make sure that your paragraph is clear, concise, and easy to read.
Remember that a paragraph should be focused on one main idea or point, and should be well-organized with supporting details that help to explain or illustrate that point. With practice and patience, you can become a skilled writer of English paragraphs.
To write a paragraph in English, follow these steps:
Choose a topic - Decide on the topic that you want to write about. Make sure it is something that you are interested in and have some knowledge about.
Write a topic sentence - Start your paragraph with a clear and concise topic sentence that introduces the main idea or point of the paragraph.
Provide supporting details - Use specific examples, facts, and details to support your topic sentence. Make sure that your supporting details are relevant and help to explain or illustrate your main point.
Use transitional words and phrases - Use transitional words and phrases to connect your ideas and make your paragraph flow smoothly. Examples of transitional words and phrases include "however," "therefore," "in addition," and "furthermore."
Conclude your paragraph - End your paragraph with a concluding sentence that summarizes your main point and leads into the next paragraph.
Edit your paragraph - After you have written your paragraph, take some time to edit and revise it. Check for spelling and grammar errors, and make sure that your paragraph is clear, concise, and easy to read.
Remember that a paragraph should be focused on one main idea or point, and should be well-organized with supporting details that help to explain or illustrate that point. With practice and patience, you can become a skilled writer of English paragraphs.
=====
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
05.03.2023
Write a paragraph about mothers.
Mothers are the backbone of any family. They are often the ones who hold everything together, providing love, support, and guidance to their children and partners. Mothers play many different roles in the lives of their children. They are teachers, caregivers, and role models, instilling important values such as kindness, respect, and hard work. Mothers are always there to lend a listening ear, provide a shoulder to cry on, and offer words of wisdom when needed. They are the ones who take care of us when we are sick, make sure that we are well-fed, and help us to develop a sense of self-esteem and confidence. Mothers are an invaluable resource, and their love and support are essential for a happy and fulfilling life. We should always appreciate the sacrifices and hard work that our mothers put into raising us, and strive to be the best that we can be in order to make them proud.
=======
Fatmir Mani's English SchoolEnglish Made Easier
08.03.2023
=============
09.04.2022
Past habits – ‘used to’, ‘would’ and the past simple
Zakone të së shkuarës – ‘isha mësuar të’, ‘do të’ dhe koha e kryer e thjeshtë
Do you know how to talk about past habits using used to, would and the past simple? Look at these examples to see how used to, would and the past simple are used.
A dini si të flisni për zakone të së shkuarës duke përdorur isha mësuar të, do të dhe kohën e kryer të thjeshtë? Shihni këta shembuj për të parë si përdoren isha mësuar të, do të dhe koha e kryer e thjeshtë.
They used to live in London.
I didn’t use to like olives.
We would always go to the seaside for our holidays.
But one holiday we went to the mountains instead.
Try this exercise to test your grammar.
Provoni këtë ushtrim për të testuar njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentence.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
When I was young we a)____ in a big house in the countryside. On summer mornings my brother and I b)____ while everyone else was asleep. We c)____ breakfast and then go quietly out of the house to the river. We d)____ hours fishing in a small boat belonging to my grandmother. My brother e)____ the names of all the different types of fish that were in the river. We would often fall asleep in the boat and our father f)____ to find us. But Dad g)____ angry because he had done the same when he was a kid. Once I h)____ an enormous fish. I was so happy!
a)
would live
used to live
b)
used to go fishing
have fished
c)
would have
had
d)
would spend
didn’t use to spend
e)
would know
used to know
f)
would come
was coming
g)
wouldn’t get
didn’t use to get
h)
used to catch
caught
Grammar explanation
Shpjegimi gramatikor
When we talk about things in the past that are not true any more, we can do it in different ways.
Kur flasim rreth gjërave të së shkuarës të cilat nuk ekzistojnë më, ne mund të shprehemi në mënyra të ndryshme.
Used to + infinitive
Isha mësuar të + paskajore
We can use used to to talk about past states that are not true any more.
Ne mund të përdorim isha mësuar të për të folur për gjendje të së shkuarës, që nuk janë më të vërteta.
We used to live in New York when I was a kid.
There didn’t use to be a supermarket there. When did it open?
Did you use to have a garden?
We can also use used to to talk about past habits (repeated past actions) that don’t happen any more.
Gjithashtu mund të përdorim isha mësuar të për të folur për zakone të së shkuarës (veprime të përsëritura në të shkuarën), të cilat nuk ndodhin më.
I used to go swimming every Thursday when I was at school.
She used to smoke but she gave up a few years ago.
used to + infinitive should not be confused with be/get used to + -ing, which has a different meaning. The difference is covered here.
isha mësuar të + paskajore nuk duhet të ngatërrohet me jam mësuar/mësohem + -ing, e cila ka një kuptim tjetër. Ndryshimi është i mbuluar këtu.
Would
Do të
We can use would to talk about repeated past actions that don’t happen any more.
Ne mund të përdorim do të për të folur rreth veprimeve të përsëritura në të shkuarën, të cilat nuk ndodhin më.
Every Saturday I would go on a long bike ride.
My dad would read me amazing stories every night at bedtime.
Would for past habits is slightly more formal than used to. It is often used in stories. We don’t normally use the negative or question form of would for past habits. Note that we can’t usually use would to talk about past states.
Do të për zakonet e të shkuarës është pak më formale se isha mësuar të. Ajo shpesh përdoret në tregime. Ne nuk përdorim normalisht formën negative dhe atë pyetëse të do të për zakone në të shkuarën. Mbani mend se zakonisht nuk mund të përdorim do të për të folur për gjendje të së shkuarës.
Past simple
Koha e kryer e thjeshtë
We can always use the past simple as an alternative to used to or would to talk about past states or habits. The main difference is that the past simple doesn’t emphasise the repeated or continuous nature of the action or situation. Also, the past simple doesn’t make it so clear that the thing is no longer true.
Ne gjithmonë mund të përdorim kohën e kryer të thjeshtë si një alternativë të isha mësuar të apo do të për të folur për gjendje apo zakone të së shkuarës. Ndryshimi kryesor është se koha e kryer e thjeshtë nuk thekson natyrën e përsëritur apo të vazhduar të veprimit apo situatës. Gjithashtu, koha e kryer e thjeshtë nuk e bën shumë të qartë se gjëja nuk është më e vërtetë.
We went to the same beach every summer.
We used to go to the same beach every summer.
We would go to the same beach every summer.
If something happened only once, we must use the past simple.
Nëse diçka ndodhi vetëm një herë, ne duhet të përdorim kohën e kryer të thjeshtë.
I went to Egypt in 2014.
Do this exercise to test your grammar again.
Bëni këtë ushtrim për të testuar sërish njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentence.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
I a)___ a really sporty person. In my first year at university, I b)___ for an hour every morning before breakfast. Then I c)___ the university boxing team and I really started to train hard. During that time, I d)___ to spend at least two hours in the gym every day. When I started my training, I e)___ my diet completely. I f)___ three eggs with toast and fruit for breakfast. I g)___ sugar in my tea because it wasn’t on my diet plan. But then I h)___ my arm and that was the end of my boxing career!
a)
would be
used to be
b)
have run
would run
c)
joined
used to join
d)
would like
used to like
e)
would change
changed
f)
have had
used to have
g)
didn’t use to have
wouldn’t have
h)
would break
broke
=====
02.04.2022
Past perfect
Koha e kryer e plotë
Do you know how to use phrases like They’d finished the project by March or Had you finished work when I called? Look at these examples to see how the past perfect is used.
A dini si të përdorni Ata kishin përfunduar projektin nga muaji Mars apo A kishe përfunduar punën kur unë telefonova? Shihni këta shembuj për të parë se si përdoret koha e kryer e plotë.
He couldn’t make a sandwich because he’d forgotten to buy bread.
The hotel was full, so I was glad that we’d booked in advance.
My new job wasn’t exactly what I’d expected.
Try this exercise to test your grammar.
Provoni këtë ushtrim për të testuar njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
When she ___ on the course, she had never studied a foreign language before.
enrolled
’d enrolled
When I closed the door, I realised that I ___ my keys inside.
left
’d left
She looked really sad but I didn’t know what ___.
happened
’d happened
___ when you rang the doorbell?
Did Sai already leave
Had Sai already left
This is the oldest building in the town. It ___ over 200 years ago.
was built
’d been built
By the time I moved in, they ___ the building work.
finished
’d finished
I opened the door, and ___ inside.
went
’d gone
I looked in the letter box yesterday and the letter still ___.
didn’t arrive
hadn’t arrived
Read the explanation to learn more.
Lexoni shpjegimin për të mësuar më shumë.
Grammar explanation
Shpjegimi gramatikor
Time up to a point in the past
Koha deri në një pikë në të shkuarën
We use the past perfect simple (had + past participle) to talk about time up to a certain point in the past.
Ne përdorim kohën e kryer të plotë (kisha + pjesore e kryer) për të folur për kohën deri në një pikë të caktuar në të shkuarën.
She’d published her first poem by the time she was eight.
We’d finished all the water before we were halfway up the mountain.
Had the parcel arrived when you called yesterday?
Past perfect for the earlier of two past actions
E kryera e plotë për veprimin më të hershëm në dy veprime të së shkuarës
We can use the past perfect to show the order of two past events. The past perfect shows the earlier action and the past simple shows the later action.
Ne mund të përdorim të kryerën e plotë për të treguar rendin e dy ndodhive në të shkuarën. E kryera e plotë tregon veprimin që ndodhi më herët dhe koha e kryer e thjeshtë tregon veprimin që ndodhi më vonë.
When the police arrived, the thief had escaped.
It doesn’t matter in which order we say the two events. The following sentence has the same meaning.
Nuk ka rëndësi në cilin rend i tregojmë të dyja ndodhitë. Fjalia që vijon ka të njëjtin kuptim.
The thief had escaped when the police arrived.
Note that if there’s only a single event, we don’t use the past perfect, even if it happened a long time ago.
Mbani mend se nëse ka vetëm një ndodhi të vetme, ne nuk përdorim kohën e plotë, edhe nëse ai ndodhi shumë kohë më parë.
The Romans spoke Latin. (NOT The Romans had spoken Latin.)
Past perfect with before
E kryera e plotë me më parë
We can also use the past perfect followed by before to show that an action was not done or was incomplete when the past simple action happened.
Ne gjithashtu mund të përdorim të kryerën e plotë të ndjekur nga më parë për të treguar se një veprim nuk ishte përfunduar apo ishte i paplotësuar kur veprimi në të kryerën e thjeshtë ndodhi.
They left before I’d spoken to them.
Sadly, the author died before he’d finished the series.
Adverbs
Ndajfoljet
We often use the adverbs already (= ‘before the specified time’), still (= as previously), just (= ‘a very short time before the specified time’), ever (= ‘at any time before the specified time’) or never (= ‘at no time before the specified time’) with the past perfect.
Ne shpesh përdorim ndajfoljet tashmë (= ‘përpara kohës së caktuar’), ende (= si më parë), sapo (= ‘një kohë shumë të shkurtër para kohës së caktuar’), ndonjëherë (= ‘në çdo kohë përpara kohës së caktuar’), apo kurrë (= ‘asnjëherë para kohës së përcaktuar’) me kohën e kryer të plotë.
I called his office but he’d already left.
It still hadn’t rained at the beginning of May.
I went to visit her when she’d just moved to Berlin.
It was the most beautiful photo I’d ever seen.
Had you ever visited London when you moved there?
I’d never met anyone from California before I met Jim.
Do this exercise to test your grammar again.
Bëni këtë ushtrim për të testuar sërish njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
By the time I could talk to her, she ___ to quit her job.
decided
’d decided
I looked at the photo and suddenly realised that I ___ that man somewhere before.
saw
’d seen
First I ___ the salad, then I toasted the bread.
made
’d made
___ breakfast when you got up?
Did James already cook
Had James already cooked
She didn’t feel like another coffee as she ___ one.
just had
’d just had
We had the French exam this morning. It ___ as hard as I’d expected, though.
wasn’t
hadn’t been
I asked Sara if she wanted to go for a walk, but she still ___ her homework.
didn’t finish
hadn’t finished
Dinosaurs ___ hundreds of millions of years ago.
lived
had lived
======
26.03.2022
Phrasal verbs
Shprehjet foljore
Do you know how to use verbs in phrases like pick the kids up, turn the music down and look after my cat? Look at these examples to see how phrasal verbs are used.
A dini si të përdorni foljet në shprehje si merr fëmijët (nga shkolla), ule volumin e muzikës dhe kujdesem për macen time? Shihni këta shembuj për të parë se si përdoren shprehjet foljore.
This is the form. Please can you fill it in?
Why are you bringing that argument up now?
Police are looking into connections between the two crimes.
We need to come up with a solution.
Try this exercise to test your grammar.
Provoni këtë ushtrim për të testuar njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Put the words in the correct order.
Vendosini fjalët në rendin e duhur.
Give me the form and I’ll
it
fill
in
for you.
Money was a worry but
bring
he didn’t know how to
it
up.
us
up
That taxi will
at 5.30 a.m.
pick
in a second-hand bookshop.
that one
I
across
came
it.
get
That flu was horrible. It took me two weeks
to
over
There’s a mistake? Let me
into
and see what’s happened
it
look
it
The holiday
turned
into
a nightmare.
started well but
forward
looking
to
I’m really
seeing
you.
Read the explanation to learn more.
Lexoni shpjegimin për të mësuar më shumë.
Grammar explanation
Shpjegimi gramatikor
Phrasal verbs are very common in English, especially in more informal contexts. They are made up of a verb and a particle or, sometimes, two particles. The particle often changes the meaning of the verb.
Shprehjet foljore janë shumë të zakonta në gjuhën Angleze, veçanërisht në kontekstet më informale. Ato janë të formuara nga një folje dhe një pjesëz apo, ndonjëherë, dy pjesëza. Pjesëza shpesh ndryshon kuptimin e foljes.
I called Jen to see how she was. (call = to telephone -të telefonosh)
They've called off the meeting. (call off = to cancel -të anulosh)
In terms of word order, there are two main types of phrasal verb: separable and inseparable.
Për sa i përket rendit të fjalëve, ka dy lloje kryesore të shprehjeve foljore: të ndashme dhe të pandashme.
Separable
Të ndashme
With separable phrasal verbs, the verb and particle can be apart or together.
Me shprehjet foljore të ndashme, folja dhe pjesëza mund të jenë veçmas apo bashkë.
They've called the meeting off.
OR
They've called off the meeting.
However, separable phrasal verbs must be separated when you use a pronoun.
Megjithatë, shprehjet foljore të ndashme duhet të ndahen kur përdorni një përemër.
The meeting? They've called it off.
Here are some common separable phrasal verbs:
Këtu ndodhen disa shprehje foljore të ndashme:
I didn't want to bring the situation up at the meeting.
(bring up = start talking about a particular subject)
(sjell =të fillosh të flasësh për një temë të caktuar)
Please can you fill this form in?
(fill in = write information in a form or document)
(plotësoj =shkruaj të dhëna në një formular apo dokument)
I'll pick you up from the station at 8 p.m.
(pick up = collect someone in a car or other vehicle to take them somewhere)
(marr = marr dikë në një makinë apo në një mjet tjetër për ta çuar diku)
She turned the job down because she didn't want to move to Glasgow.
(turn down = to not accept an offer)
(refuzoj = nuk pranoj një ofertë)
Non-separable
Të pandashme
Some phrasal verbs cannot be separated.
Disa shprehje foljore nuk mund të ndahen.
Who looks after the baby when you're at work?
Even when there is a pronoun, the verb and particle remain together.
Edhe kur ka një përemër, folja dhe pjesëza qëndrojnë bashkë.
Who looks after her when you're at work?
Here are some common non-separable phrasal verbs:
Këtu ndodhen disa shprehje foljore të pandashme:
I came across your email when I was clearing my inbox.
(come across = to find something by chance)
(has – të gjesh diçka të re rastësisht)
The caterpillar turned into a beautiful butterfly.
(turn into = become)
(shndërroj = bëhem)
It was quite a major operation. It took months to get over it and feel normal again.
(get over = recover from something)
(kapërcej = shërohem nga diçka)
We are aware of the problem and we are looking into it.
(look into = investigate)
(shqyrtoj = hetoj)
Some multi-word verbs are inseparable simply because they don't take an object.
Disa folje me disa fjalë janë të pandashme, thjesht sepse nuk marrin një kundrinor.
I get up at 7 a.m.
With two particles
Me dy pjesëza
Phrasal verbs with two particles are also inseparable. Even if you use a pronoun, you put it after the particles.
Shprehjet foljore me dy pjesëza janë gjithashtu të pandashme. Edhe kur përdorni një përemër, ju e vendosni atë pas pjesëzës.
Who came up with that idea?
(come up with = think of an idea or plan)
(dal me = mendoj një ide apo plan)
Let's get rid of these old magazines to make more space.
(get rid of = remove or become free of something that you don't want)
(shpëtoj = heq apo lirohem nga diçka që nuk e dua)
I didn't really get on with my stepbrother when I was a teenager.
(get on with = like and be friendly towards someone)
(miqësohem = pëlqej dhe jam miqësor drejt dikujt)
Can you hear that noise all the time? I don't know how you put up with it.
(put up with = tolerate something difficult or annoying)
(duroj = pajtohem me diçka të vështirë apo të bezdisshme)
The concert's on Friday. I'm really looking forward to it.
(look forward to = be happy and excited about something that is going to happen)
(mezi pres = jam i/e lumtur dhe i/e emocionuar rreth diçkaje që do të ndodhë)
Do this exercise to test your grammar again.
Bëni këtë ushtrim për të testuar sërish njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Put the words in the correct order.
Vendosini fjalët në rendin e duhur.
for Mika’s birthday?
a good idea
Has anyone
up
with
come
turned
politely
it
The invitation to their wedding? I
down.
When my parents are on holiday, I
after
the cat.
look
over
this?
to get
I’m heartbroken. How long will it take
If climate change continues, this
turn
whole area
a desert.
could
turn
pick
you can
at 6 p.m.
up
her
Caty called to ask if
This table is completely broken. Let’s
rid
of
it.
get
=======
19.03.2022
Passives
Pësorja
Do you know how to use the passive voice to change the focus of a sentence? Look at these examples to see how the passive voice is used.
A dini si të përdorni diatezën pësore për të ndryshuar fokusin e një fjalie? Shihni këta shembuj për të parë se si përdoret diateza pësore.
A lot of olive oil is produced in Italy.
This book was written by Angela Davis.
The suspect will be released tomorrow.
This product has not been tested on animals.
Try this exercise to test your grammar.
Provoni këtë ushtrim për të testuar njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentence.
Zgjidhni opsionin e duhur për të plotësuar fjalitë.
The Egyptian pyramids ___ thousands of years ago.
are built
been built
were built
Your letter ___ within 28 days.
will be answer
will be answered
will answer
Chocolate ___ for over 4,000 years.
has been produce
is been produced
has been produced
I don’t know who ___ my bike.
stole
is stolen
was stolen
My car ___ this week, so I’m going to work by bus.
is being repaired
is been repair
is repairing
Not enough of our rubbish ___.
recycles
is recycled
is recycle
The fire service still ___ the fire.
wasn’t put out
is put out
haven’t put out
The underground connection ___ when I moved into the house.
is still being built
was still being built
was still building
Read the explanation to learn more.
Lexoni shpjegimin për të mësuar më shumë.
Grammar explanation
Shpjegimi gramatikor
We use the passive voice to change the focus of the sentence.
Ne përdorim diatezën pësore për të ndryshuar fokusin e një fjalie.
My bike was stolen. (passive – focus on my bike)
Biçikleta ime u vodh. (pësore – fokusi në biçikletën time)
Someone stole my bike. (active – focus on someone)
Dikush vodhi biçikletën time. (veprore – fokusi në dikush)
We often use the passive:
Shpesh përdorim pësoren:
when we prefer not to mention who or what does the action (for example, it’s not known, it’s obvious or we don’t want to say)
kur preferojmë të mos përmendim se kush apo çfarë e kryen veprimin (për shembull, nuk dihet se kush është, është e qartë apo ne nuk duam ta themi)
so that we can start a sentence with the most important or most logical information
në mënyrë që ne të mund të fillojmë një fjali me të dhënat më të rëndësishme apo më logjike
in more formal or scientific writing.
në një të shkruar më formael apo më shkencore.
How we make the passive
Si e formojmë pësoren
We make the passive using the verb be + past participle. We start the sentence with the object.
Ne e formojmë pësoren duke përdorur foljen jam + pjesoren e kryer. Ne e nisim fjalinë me kundrinorin.
Avatar
Avatar
was
ishte
directed by James Cameron.
drejtuar nga James Cameron.
↓
↓
↓
Object
Kundrinori
+ be +
+jam+
past participle
pjesorja e kryer
It is not always necessary to add who or what did the action.
Nuk është gjithmonë e nevojshme të shtojmë kush apo çfarë e bëri veprimin.
My flight
Fluturimi im
is
është
cancelled.
anuluar.
↓
↓
↓
Object
Kundrinori
+ be +
+jam+
past participle
pjesorja e kryer
Only the form of be changes to make the tense. The past participle stays the same. Here are examples of the passive in its most common tenses.
Vetëm forma e jam ndryshon për të formuar kohën. Pjesorja e kryer qëndron njësoj. Këtu ndodhen shembuj të pësores në kohët e saj më të zakonshme.
Tense
Kohët
Example
Shembull
Structure
Struktura
Present simple
Koha e tashme
Alioli is made from oil, garlic and salt.
is/are + past participle
jam + pjesore e kryer
Present continuous
Koha e tashme e vazhduar
The hall is being painted this week.
is/are being + past participle
jam duke u + pjesore e kryer
Past simple
Koha e kryer e thjeshtë
John F. Kennedy was assassinated in 1963.
was/were + past participle
isha + pjesore e kryer
Past continuous
Koha e shkuar e vazhduar
The signs were being put up last week.
was/were being + past participle
isha duke u + pjesore e kryer
Present perfect
Koha e kryer
Oranges have been grown here for centuries.
has/have been + past participle
kam qenë + pjesore e kryer
Past perfect
Koha e kryer e plotë
When he got home, he found that his flat had been burgled.
had been + past participle
kisha qenë + pjesore e kryer
Future simple
Koha e ardhme
The work will be finished next week.
will be + past participle
do të jem + pjesore e kryer
Do this exercise to test your grammar again.
Bëni këtë ushtrim për të testuar sërish njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentence.
Zgjidhni opsionin e duhur për të plotësuar fjalitë.
All our lamps ___ from original 1950s designs.
produce
is produced
are produced
Mistakes ___, but we’re working on a solution now.
have been make
are been made
have been made
Someone ___ my wallet and left it at reception.
had found
had been found
was found
My phone ___ last week, so I didn’t get your message until today.
was being fixed
was been fix
was fixing
A lot of time ___ on pointless meetings in this company.
wastes
is wasted
is waste
Your application ___ by the end of the month.
will be review
will be reviewed
will review
Someone ___ my talk at the conference and recommended me as a speaker.
saw
was seen
had been seen
The suspect ___ near the French border.
was caught
were caught
caught
=====
12.03.2022
Participle clauses
Fjalitë pjesore
Do you know how to use participle clauses to say information in a more economical way? Look at these examples to see how participle clauses are used.
A dini si të përdorni fjalitë pjesore për të thënë të dhënat në një mënyrë më ekonomike? Shihni këta shembuj për të parë se si përdoren klauzolat pjesore.
Looked after carefully, these boots will last for many years.
Not wanting to hurt his feelings, I avoided the question.
Having lived through difficult times together, they were very close friends.
Try this exercise to test your grammar.
Provoni këtë ushtrim për të testuar njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
___ lunch, I sat in the garden with a drink.
Making
Made
Having made
___ for the bus, she slipped on some ice and fell over.
Running
Run
Having run
On ___ her former owner, the dog ran across the room to greet him.
seeing
seen
having seen
___ in hospital for several weeks, she was delighted to be home.
Being
Been
Having been
___ by all the attention, he thanked everyone for the cake and presents.
Embarrassing
Embarrassed
Having embarrassed
The building collapsed, ___ two people.
injuring
injured
having injured
___ under normal clothes, a thermal layer keeps you warm in minus temperatures.
Wearing
Worn
Having been worn
___ by the sun, she didn’t see the boy crossing the road.
Blinding
Blinded
Having blinded
Read the explanation to learn more.
Lexoni shpjegimin për të mësuar më shumë.
Grammar explanation
Shpjegimi gramatikor
Participle clauses enable us to say information in a more economical way. They are formed using present participles (going, reading, seeing, walking, etc.), past participles (gone, read, seen, walked, etc.) or perfect participles (having gone, having read, having seen, having walked, etc.).
Klauzolat pjesore na lejojnë të themi të dhëna në një mënyrë më ekonomike, pra duke kursyer/përdorur më pak fjalë. Ato formohen duke përdorur pjesoret e tashme (duke shkuar, duke lexuar, duke parë, duke ecur, etj.), apo pjesoret e shkuara (shkuar, lexuar, parë, ecur, etj.).
We can use participle clauses when the participle and the verb in the main clause have the same subject. For example,
Ne mund t’i përdorim klauzolat pjesore kur pjesorja dhe folja në pjesën kryesore kanë të njëjtën kryefjalë. Për shembull,
Waiting for Ellie, I made some tea. (While I was waiting for Ellie, I made some tea.)
Duke pritur Ellie-n, unë bëra pak çaj. (Ndërkohë që isha duke pritur Ellie-n, unë bëra pak çaj.)
Participle clauses do not have a specific tense. The tense is indicated by the verb in the main clause.
Klauzolat pjesore nuk kanë një kohë të caktuar. Koha tregohet nga folja në pjesën kryesore.
Participle clauses are mainly used in written texts, particularly in a literary, academic or journalistic style.
Klauzolat pjesore janë kryesisht të përdorura në tekstet e shkruara, veçanërisht në një stil letrar, akademik apo gazetaresk.
Present participle clauses
Klauzola të pjesores së tashme
Here are some common ways we use present participle clauses. Note that present participles have a similar meaning to active verbs.
Këtu janë disa mënyra të zakonshme si ne përdorim klauzolat e pjesores së tashme. Mbani mend se pjesoret e tashme kanë një kuptim të ngjashëm me foljet në diatezën veprore.
To give the result of an action
Për të dhënë rezultatin e një veprimi
The bomb exploded, destroying the building.
To give the reason for an action
Për të dhënë arsyen për një veprim
Knowing she loved reading, Richard bought her a book.
To talk about an action that happened at the same time as another action
Për të folur për një veprim që ndodhi në të njëjtën kohë si një veprim tjetër
Standing in the queue, I realised I didn’t have any money.
To add information about the subject of the main clause
Për të shtuar informacion rreth kryefjalës së pjesës kryesore
Starting in the new year, the new policy bans cars in the city centre.
Past participle clauses
Klauzola të pjesores së kryer
Here are some common ways that we use past participle clauses. Note that past participles normally have a passive meaning.
Këtu ndodhen disa mënyra të zakonshme si ne përdorim klauzolat e pjesores së kryer. Mbani mend se pjesoret e kryera normalisht kanë një kuptim pësor.
With a similar meaning to an if condition
Me një kuptim të ngjashëm për një kusht ‘nëse’
Used in this way, participles can make your writing more concise.
(If you use participles in this way, … )
(Nëse i përdorin pjesoret në këtë mënyrë, …)
To give the reason for an action
Për të dhënë arsye për një veprim
Worried by the news, she called the hospital.
To add information about the subject of the main clause
Për të shtuar të dhëna rreth kryefjalës së pjesës kryesore
Filled with pride, he walked towards the stage.
Perfect participle clauses
Klauzola të pjesores së plotë
Perfect participle clauses show that the action they describe was finished before the action in the main clause. Perfect participles can be structured to make an active or passive meaning.
Klauzolat e pjesores së plotë tregojnë se veprimi që ato përshkruajnë përfundoi para se veprimi në pjesën kryesore. Pjesoret e plota mund të strukturohen për të bërë një kuptim vepror apo pësor.
Having got dressed, he slowly went downstairs.
Having finished their training, they will be fully qualified doctors.
Having been made redundant, she started looking for a new job.
Participle clauses after conjunctions and prepositions
Klauzolat pjesore pas lidhëzave dhe parafjalëve
It is also common for participle clauses, especially with -ing, to follow conjunctions and prepositions such as before, after, instead of, on, since, when, while and in spite of.
Është gjithashtu e zakonshme për klauzolat pjesore, veçanërisht me -ing, të ndjekin lidhëzat dhe parafjalët si para, pas, në vend të, mbi, qyshkur, kur, ndërkohë dhe pavarësisht.
Before cooking, you should wash your hands.
Instead of complaining about it, they should try doing something positive.
On arriving at the hotel, he went to get changed.
While packing her things, she thought about the last two years.
In spite of having read the instructions twice, I still couldn’t understand how to use it.
Do this exercise to test your grammar again.
Bëni këtë ushtrim për të testuar sërish njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
___ by the changing information, they thought the plane was cancelled.
Confusing
Confused
Having confused
___ at a low temperature, these jeans will keep their original colour for a long time.
Washing
Washed
Having washed
___ the paper, he saw the news about his hometown.
Reading
Read
Having read
___ by a local architect and artist, the house combines traditional materials with original design.
Building
Built
Having built
___ in India for two years, Kaleem could speak some Hindi.
Living
Lived
Having lived
___ in prisons throughout her twenties, she wrote her first play about life behind bars.
After working
Worked
Having been worked
___ through the woods, they found a bird with a broken wing.
Walking
Walked
Having walked
___ for the final interview, the candidates were asked to prepare a short presentation.
Selecting
Selected
Having been selected
======
05.03.2022
Past ability
Aftësi në të shkuarën
Do you know how to use could, was able to and managed to to talk about past abilities? Look at these examples to see how could, was able to and managed to are used.
A dini si të përdorni mundesha, isha i/e aftë të dhe ia dola të për të folur për aftësitë tuaja në të shkuarën? Shikoni këta shembuj për të parë se si përdoren could, was able to dhe managed to.
I could play the guitar when I was seven years old.
The police weren’t able to catch the speeding car.
The bird managed to escape from its cage and fly away.
Try this exercise to test your grammar.
Provoni këtë ushtrim për të testuar njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
I _____ open the door while carrying all the shopping.
managed to
could
The presentation wasn’t working at first but we _____ fix it.
could
were able to
How did you _____ write a book so soon after having a baby?
manage to
be able to
She _____ ski almost before she learned to walk.
could
managed to
He _____ attend the last meeting due to his daughter’s illness.
weren’t able to
couldn’t
_____ get your phone fixed? It looked very broken!
Did you manage to
Could you
I _____ drink milk as a child because it always made me feel sick.
couldn’t
didn’t manage to
The journey went fine yesterday and we _____ find their house easily with GPS.
could
were able to
Read the explanation to learn more.
Lexoni shpjegimin për të mësuar më shumë.
Grammar explanation
Shpjegimi gramatikor
General ability
Aftësi e përgjithshme
We usually use could or couldn’t to talk about general abilities in the past.
Ne zakonisht përdorim (nuk) mundesha të për të folur për aftësi të përgjithshme në të shkuarën.
She could paint before she started school.
I couldn’t cook until I went to university.
When I lived next to the pool, I could go swimming every day.
Ability on one occasion – successful
Aftësi në një rast – i suksesshëm
When we talk about achieving something on a specific occasion in the past, we use was/were able to (= had the ability to) and managed to (= succeeded in doing something difficult).
Kur flasim për arritjen e diçkaje në një rast të caktuar të së shkuarës, ne përdorim isha i/e aftë të (=kisha aftësinë të) dhe ia dola të (=ia dola mbanë të bëja diçka të vështirë).
The burglar was able to get in through the bathroom window.
The burglar managed to get in through the bathroom window even though it was locked.
Could is not usually correct when we’re talking about ability at a specific moment in the past.
Mundesha zakonisht nuk është e saktë kur jemi duke folur për një aftësi në një çast të caktuar të së shkuarës.
Ability on one occasion – unsuccessful
Aftësi në një rast – jo i sukseshëm
When we talk about a specific occasion when someone didn’t have the ability to do something, we can use wasn’t/weren’t able to, didn’t manage to or couldn’t.
Kur flasim për një rast të caktuar kur dikush nuk kishte aftësinë të bënte diçka, ne mund të përdorim nuk isha i/e aftë të, nuk ia arrita të apo nuk mundesha të.
The speaker wasn’t able to attend the conference due to illness.
She couldn’t watch the match because she was working.
They worked on it for months but they didn’t manage to find a solution.
Note that wasn’t/weren’t able to is more formal than couldn’t, while didn’t manage to emphasises that the thing was difficult to do.
Mbani mend se nuk isha i/e aftë të është më formale se nuk mundesha, ndërkohë që nuk ia arrita të thekson se diçka ishte e vështirë të kryhej.
Do this exercise to test your grammar again.
Bëni këtë ushtrim për të testuar sërish njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
We were _____ leave our suitcases with reception while we waited for our room to be ready.
could
able to
We were _____ get a boat from the island that day because of the bad weather.
not able to
not manage to
I can’t believe you _____ get us a table at the restaurant. It’s always full!
could
managed to
I _____ afford to buy a car so I borrowed money from the bank.
didn’t manage to
couldn’t
Luckily, I _____ get to the airport on time, despite the traffic.
managed to
could
When I first moved to Argentina I _____ only speak a few words of Spanish.
could
managed to
He _____ swim until he had lessons when he was 20 years old.
didn’t manage to
couldn’t
I _____ touch my toes until I started doing yoga and became more flexible.
could
couldn’t
===========
paf27.01.2022
Hi there,
Try to fill up both exercises attached to this lesson and we can discauss them when we see each other on Saturday.
fm
Enough
Mjaft
Do you know how to use the word ‘enough’? Look at these examples to see how ‘enough’ is used.
A dini si ta përdorni fjalën ‘mjaft’? Shikoni këta shembuj për të parë si përdoret ‘mjaft’?
She’s not old enough to walk yet.
We are not acting fast enough to stop climate change.
I don’t read enough.
Is there enough coffee for everyone?
We’ve had enough of their lies.
Try this exercise to test your grammar.
Provoni këtë ushtrim për të testuar njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
Those children don’t look _____ to go to this school.
old enough
enough old
enough of old
I should have helped more. I’m sorry I didn’t _____.
enough do
do enough
enough of do
If we don’t get _____, we start to feel depressed.
enough vitamin D
vitamin D enough
enough of vitamin D
That’s _____, thanks. I’m too full to eat another bite!
enough of
enough
had enough
I haven’t got _____ to start a new hobby.
enough free time
free enough time
enough of free time
We’ve got _____ the red material but I don’t think we’ve got the blue.
enough
of enough
enough of
If you ask him _____, he might let you borrow his car.
nicely enough
enough nicely
nicely enough of
I don’t have a _____ to get a dog.
big enough of house
big enough house
house enough big
Read the explanation to learn more.
Lexoni shpjegimin për të mësuar më shumë.
Grammar explanation
Shpjegimi gramatikor
‘Enough’ means ‘as much as necessary’. It can be used with an adjective, an adverb, a verb or a noun. It can also act as a pronoun.
‘Mjaft’ do të thotë ‘aq sa nevojitet’. Ajo mund të përdoret me një mbiemër, një ndajfolje, një folje apo një emër. Gjithashtu mund të veprojë si një përemër.
With adjectives and adverbs
Me mbiemra dhe ndajfolje
‘Enough’ comes after adjectives and adverbs.
‘Mjaft’ vjen pas mbiemrave dhe ndajfoljeve.
I’m not tall enough to reach the top shelf.
Your marks are good enough to study engineering at university.
I couldn’t write quickly enough and I ran out of time.
I’ve helped at conferences often enough to know what can go wrong.
With verbs
Me folje
‘Enough’ comes after verbs.
‘Mjaft’ vjen pas foljeve.
I make sure I drink enough during the day.
I don’t read enough but I’m going to start downloading books to my phone.
With nouns
Me emra
‘Enough’ comes before nouns.
‘Mjaft’ vjen para emrave.
There isn’t enough bread to make sandwiches.
Have you got enough money?
As a pronoun
Si një përemër
‘Enough’ can also be used without a noun.
‘Mjaft’ gjithashtu mund të përdoret pa një emër.
I’ll get some more chairs. There aren’t enough.
A: Do you want more coffee?
B: No, I’ve had enough, thanks.
We know what the noun is because of the context.
Ne e dimë se çfarë është emri për arsye të kontekstit.
With an adjective and a noun
Me një mbiemër dhe një emër
When enough is used with an adjective and a noun, two positions are possible but the meaning changes.
Kur mjaft përdoret me një mbiemër dhe një emër, dy pozicione janë të mundura por me kuptime të ndryshme.
We haven’t got big enough envelopes. (Nuk kemi zarfa mjaftueshëm të mëdhenj.)
We haven’t got enough big envelopes. (Nuk kemi mjaftueshëm zarfa të mëdhenj.)
When enough is after the adjective (big enough envelopes), it describes the adjective – the envelopes are too small. When enough is before the adjective (enough big envelopes), it describes the noun phrase – we have some big envelopes, but we need more.
Kur mjaft ndodhet pas një mbiemri (zarfa mjaftueshëm të mëdhenj), ajo përshkruan mbiemrin – zarfat janë të vegjël. Kur mjaft është para mbiemrit (mjaftueshëm zarfa të mëdhenj), ajo përshkruan grupin emëror – ne kemi disa zarfa të mëdhenj, por na nevojiten më shumë.
enough of
mjaft nga
We normally only use enough of when it is followed by a determiner or a pronoun (a/an/the, this/that, my/your/his, you/them, etc.).
Normalisht ne përdorim mjaft nga vetëm kur ndiqet nga një përcaktor ose një përemër (nyjet joshquese ‘një’, nyja shquese ‘the’, ky/kjo, e imja/jotja/e tij, juve/atyre, etj.).
There isn’t enough of that bread to make sandwiches for everyone.
I’ve seen enough of his work to be able to recommend him.
There’s enough of us to make a difference.
Do this exercise to test your grammar again.
Bëni këtë ushtrim për të testuar sërish njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
I’m worried I didn’t bring _____ for cold weather.
clothes enough
enough clothes
enough of clothes
My job doesn’t pay _____.
enough well
enough of well
well enough
We lost. Our players just aren’t _____ yet.
enough good
good enough
enough of good
Did you buy more oil? There _____ here.
isn’t enough
enough isn’t
isn’t enough of
There isn’t _____ that cake for everyone to have some.
enough
enough of
of enough
I don’t _____!
go out enough
enough go out
enough of go out
I’ve dropped a euro between those two cupboards but I don’t have _____ to get it.
enough small hands
enough of small hands
small enough hands
Is there _____ to finish decorating the bathroom?
enough blue paint
blue enough paint
paint enough blue
paf01.15. 2022
Hello Glei and friends,
Hi, there. In this lesson I will help you to fix a few very common advanced English Grammar mistakes. These are mistakes that a lot of my students make, even students that are considered quite fluent in English. Let’s see if you make them too and I will teach you how to fix them.
Before I teach you the grammar rules of these different topics I’ll be discussing, I’d like you to take a little test. A little grammar test that we’ll measure how many mistakes you’re making. Maybe you’re not making any of these mistakes, which is fantastic. But I predict even if you are an advanced learner you’re probably making at least one or two of these.
Let’s make sure that your grammar is perfect and let’s fix these. You will take a test, you will see eleven different sentences.
Each sentence has one grammar mistake and it’s your job to find the mistake and fix it. So, you will see the sentence on the screen, and I want you to take a few seconds and think about what the mistake might be.
And then, I will give you the correct answer, and we will go through each rule. Alright, let’s get started.
Let’s look at sentence number one.
I suggested him to buy the other one. Where is the mistake?
Number two. I suggest you to do it. Where is the mistake?
Number three. I suggest you don’t be late anymore. Do you know the mistake?
Number four. I’m looking for a two bedrooms apartment. That one I hear all the time and that’s not correct.
Number five. I have a six years old son. Can you see the mistake in that one?
Number six. I would appreciate getting some advices from you. Where’s the mistake?
Number seven. I’m really looking forward to go there. Did you spot the mistake?
Number eight. In my country, we are used to eat rice for breakfast. Where is the mistake?
Number nine. I will give it to you when we will see each other.
Number ten. If you’ll go, I’ll go to. Where’s the mistake?
Number eleven. If you would have tried it, you would have liked it. Where is the mistake?
Did you find all of the mistakes?
So, now I will give you the correct answers and I will teach you the grammar rules. Let’s look at the first sentence.
It’s incorrect to say I suggested him. There are different ways you can correct that.
You can say: I suggested that he buy the other one and word “that” is optional, so you can also say: I suggested he buy the other one but don’t say I suggested him.
And sometimes it’s not necessary to include the pronoun depending on the meaning of your sentence. In that case, you can use a gerund, you can use an -ing, and you can say:
I suggested buying the other one. So it’s suggested if we use a verb immediately afterwards it needs to have an -ing, it needs to be a gerund. I suggested buying. I suggested going there. I suggested doing it. Make sure the verb is a gerund. Make sure it has an -ing ending.
Number two was “I suggest you to do it. That’s a sentence I hear a lot, but that’s not correct. We don’t say I suggest you.
You need to say I suggest that you do it or you can eliminate that and you can say “I suggest you do it”. But don’t say “I suggest you”.
You can say: I suggest it to you. I suggest something to you. The verb suggest is a confusing verb. It is used differently than most other English verbs. That’s why people make so many mistakes with it. So we don’t say: “I suggest you this one”.
We say: “I suggest this one to you.” We use the ‘to’ with the pronoun.
When you use another verb with suggest don’t use to after suggest. Instead, use the word ‘that’.
I suggest that you fix it soon. I suggest that he fix it soon.
Did you see what I did in the last sentence? I said he fix, I didn’t say he fixes. That’s confusing, right? That’s because the verb that is used with suggest must take the subjunctive form. And the subjunctive for is the infinitive form of the verb, so you cannot change it to past tense and you do not add an ‘s’. So we say I suggest that he go there, not that he goes there.
I suggest that he be there on time. We use be not than he is.
I suggest that he try harder next time.
We don’t say that he tries harder because suggest requires a subjunctive form of the following verb.
And where was the mistake in sentence number 3?
We do not say “You don’t” we say I suggest you not be late anymore. Or you can use a gerund, if you don’t need to say the pronoun and just say:
I suggest not being late anymore. I suggest not driving so fast. I suggest not doing that.
=========
=============
09.04.2022
Past habits – ‘used to’, ‘would’ and the past simple
Zakone të së shkuarës – ‘isha mësuar të’, ‘do të’ dhe koha e kryer e thjeshtë
Do you know how to talk about past habits using used to, would and the past simple? Look at these examples to see how used to, would and the past simple are used.
A dini si të flisni për zakone të së shkuarës duke përdorur isha mësuar të, do të dhe kohën e kryer të thjeshtë? Shihni këta shembuj për të parë si përdoren isha mësuar të, do të dhe koha e kryer e thjeshtë.
They used to live in London.
I didn’t use to like olives.
We would always go to the seaside for our holidays.
But one holiday we went to the mountains instead.
Try this exercise to test your grammar.
Provoni këtë ushtrim për të testuar njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentence.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
When I was young we a)____ in a big house in the countryside. On summer mornings my brother and I b)____ while everyone else was asleep. We c)____ breakfast and then go quietly out of the house to the river. We d)____ hours fishing in a small boat belonging to my grandmother. My brother e)____ the names of all the different types of fish that were in the river. We would often fall asleep in the boat and our father f)____ to find us. But Dad g)____ angry because he had done the same when he was a kid. Once I h)____ an enormous fish. I was so happy!
a) |
|
b) |
|
c) |
|
d) |
|
e) |
|
f) |
|
g) |
|
h) |
|
Grammar explanation
Shpjegimi gramatikor
When we talk about things in the past that are not true any more, we can do it in different ways.
Kur flasim rreth gjërave të së shkuarës të cilat nuk ekzistojnë më, ne mund të shprehemi në mënyra të ndryshme.
Used to + infinitive
Isha mësuar të + paskajore
We can use used to to talk about past states that are not true any more.
Ne mund të përdorim isha mësuar të për të folur për gjendje të së shkuarës, që nuk janë më të vërteta.
We used to live in New York when I was a kid.
There didn’t use to be a supermarket there. When did it open?
Did you use to have a garden?
We can also use used to to talk about past habits (repeated past actions) that don’t happen any more.
Gjithashtu mund të përdorim isha mësuar të për të folur për zakone të së shkuarës (veprime të përsëritura në të shkuarën), të cilat nuk ndodhin më.
I used to go swimming every Thursday when I was at school.
She used to smoke but she gave up a few years ago.
used to + infinitive should not be confused with be/get used to + -ing, which has a different meaning. The difference is covered here.
isha mësuar të + paskajore nuk duhet të ngatërrohet me jam mësuar/mësohem + -ing, e cila ka një kuptim tjetër. Ndryshimi është i mbuluar këtu.
Would
Do të
We can use would to talk about repeated past actions that don’t happen any more.
Ne mund të përdorim do të për të folur rreth veprimeve të përsëritura në të shkuarën, të cilat nuk ndodhin më.
Every Saturday I would go on a long bike ride.
My dad would read me amazing stories every night at bedtime.
Would for past habits is slightly more formal than used to. It is often used in stories. We don’t normally use the negative or question form of would for past habits. Note that we can’t usually use would to talk about past states.
Do të për zakonet e të shkuarës është pak më formale se isha mësuar të. Ajo shpesh përdoret në tregime. Ne nuk përdorim normalisht formën negative dhe atë pyetëse të do të për zakone në të shkuarën. Mbani mend se zakonisht nuk mund të përdorim do të për të folur për gjendje të së shkuarës.
Past simple
Koha e kryer e thjeshtë
We can always use the past simple as an alternative to used to or would to talk about past states or habits. The main difference is that the past simple doesn’t emphasise the repeated or continuous nature of the action or situation. Also, the past simple doesn’t make it so clear that the thing is no longer true.
Ne gjithmonë mund të përdorim kohën e kryer të thjeshtë si një alternativë të isha mësuar të apo do të për të folur për gjendje apo zakone të së shkuarës. Ndryshimi kryesor është se koha e kryer e thjeshtë nuk thekson natyrën e përsëritur apo të vazhduar të veprimit apo situatës. Gjithashtu, koha e kryer e thjeshtë nuk e bën shumë të qartë se gjëja nuk është më e vërtetë.
We went to the same beach every summer.
We used to go to the same beach every summer.
We would go to the same beach every summer.
If something happened only once, we must use the past simple.
Nëse diçka ndodhi vetëm një herë, ne duhet të përdorim kohën e kryer të thjeshtë.
I went to Egypt in 2014.
Do this exercise to test your grammar again.
Bëni këtë ushtrim për të testuar sërish njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentence.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
I a)___ a really sporty person. In my first year at university, I b)___ for an hour every morning before breakfast. Then I c)___ the university boxing team and I really started to train hard. During that time, I d)___ to spend at least two hours in the gym every day. When I started my training, I e)___ my diet completely. I f)___ three eggs with toast and fruit for breakfast. I g)___ sugar in my tea because it wasn’t on my diet plan. But then I h)___ my arm and that was the end of my boxing career!
a) |
|
b) |
|
c) |
|
d) |
|
e) |
|
f) |
|
g) |
|
h) |
|
=====
02.04.2022
Past perfect
Koha e kryer e plotë
Do you know how to use phrases like They’d finished the project by March or Had you finished work when I called? Look at these examples to see how the past perfect is used.
A dini si të përdorni Ata kishin përfunduar projektin nga muaji Mars apo A kishe përfunduar punën kur unë telefonova? Shihni këta shembuj për të parë se si përdoret koha e kryer e plotë.
He couldn’t make a sandwich because he’d forgotten to buy bread.
The hotel was full, so I was glad that we’d booked in advance.
My new job wasn’t exactly what I’d expected.
Try this exercise to test your grammar.
Provoni këtë ushtrim për të testuar njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Read the explanation to learn more.
Lexoni shpjegimin për të mësuar më shumë.
Grammar explanation
Shpjegimi gramatikor
Time up to a point in the past
Koha deri në një pikë në të shkuarën
We use the past perfect simple (had + past participle) to talk about time up to a certain point in the past.
Ne përdorim kohën e kryer të plotë (kisha + pjesore e kryer) për të folur për kohën deri në një pikë të caktuar në të shkuarën.
She’d published her first poem by the time she was eight.
We’d finished all the water before we were halfway up the mountain.
Had the parcel arrived when you called yesterday?
Past perfect for the earlier of two past actions
E kryera e plotë për veprimin më të hershëm në dy veprime të së shkuarës
We can use the past perfect to show the order of two past events. The past perfect shows the earlier action and the past simple shows the later action.
Ne mund të përdorim të kryerën e plotë për të treguar rendin e dy ndodhive në të shkuarën. E kryera e plotë tregon veprimin që ndodhi më herët dhe koha e kryer e thjeshtë tregon veprimin që ndodhi më vonë.
When the police arrived, the thief had escaped.
It doesn’t matter in which order we say the two events. The following sentence has the same meaning.
Nuk ka rëndësi në cilin rend i tregojmë të dyja ndodhitë. Fjalia që vijon ka të njëjtin kuptim.
The thief had escaped when the police arrived.
Note that if there’s only a single event, we don’t use the past perfect, even if it happened a long time ago.
Mbani mend se nëse ka vetëm një ndodhi të vetme, ne nuk përdorim kohën e plotë, edhe nëse ai ndodhi shumë kohë më parë.
The Romans spoke Latin. (NOT The Romans had spoken Latin.)
Past perfect with before
E kryera e plotë me më parë
We can also use the past perfect followed by before to show that an action was not done or was incomplete when the past simple action happened.
Ne gjithashtu mund të përdorim të kryerën e plotë të ndjekur nga më parë për të treguar se një veprim nuk ishte përfunduar apo ishte i paplotësuar kur veprimi në të kryerën e thjeshtë ndodhi.
They left before I’d spoken to them.
Sadly, the author died before he’d finished the series.
Adverbs
Ndajfoljet
We often use the adverbs already (= ‘before the specified time’), still (= as previously), just (= ‘a very short time before the specified time’), ever (= ‘at any time before the specified time’) or never (= ‘at no time before the specified time’) with the past perfect.
Ne shpesh përdorim ndajfoljet tashmë (= ‘përpara kohës së caktuar’), ende (= si më parë), sapo (= ‘një kohë shumë të shkurtër para kohës së caktuar’), ndonjëherë (= ‘në çdo kohë përpara kohës së caktuar’), apo kurrë (= ‘asnjëherë para kohës së përcaktuar’) me kohën e kryer të plotë.
I called his office but he’d already left.
It still hadn’t rained at the beginning of May.
I went to visit her when she’d just moved to Berlin.
It was the most beautiful photo I’d ever seen.
Had you ever visited London when you moved there?
I’d never met anyone from California before I met Jim.
Do this exercise to test your grammar again.
Bëni këtë ushtrim për të testuar sërish njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
======
26.03.2022
Phrasal verbs
Shprehjet foljore
Do you know how to use verbs in phrases like pick the kids up, turn the music down and look after my cat? Look at these examples to see how phrasal verbs are used.
A dini si të përdorni foljet në shprehje si merr fëmijët (nga shkolla), ule volumin e muzikës dhe kujdesem për macen time? Shihni këta shembuj për të parë se si përdoren shprehjet foljore.
This is the form. Please can you fill it in?
Why are you bringing that argument up now?
Police are looking into connections between the two crimes.
We need to come up with a solution.
Try this exercise to test your grammar.
Provoni këtë ushtrim për të testuar njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Put the words in the correct order.
Vendosini fjalët në rendin e duhur.
Give me the form and I’ll | it | fill | in | for you. |
|
Money was a worry but | bring | he didn’t know how to | it | up. |
|
us | up | That taxi will | at 5.30 a.m. | pick |
|
in a second-hand bookshop. | that one | I | across | came |
|
it. | get | That flu was horrible. It took me two weeks | to | over |
|
There’s a mistake? Let me | into | and see what’s happened | it | look |
|
it | The holiday | turned | into | a nightmare. | started well but |
|
forward | looking | to | I’m really | seeing | you. |
|
Read the explanation to learn more.
Lexoni shpjegimin për të mësuar më shumë.
Grammar explanation
Shpjegimi gramatikor
Phrasal verbs are very common in English, especially in more informal contexts. They are made up of a verb and a particle or, sometimes, two particles. The particle often changes the meaning of the verb.
Shprehjet foljore janë shumë të zakonta në gjuhën Angleze, veçanërisht në kontekstet më informale. Ato janë të formuara nga një folje dhe një pjesëz apo, ndonjëherë, dy pjesëza. Pjesëza shpesh ndryshon kuptimin e foljes.
I called Jen to see how she was. (call = to telephone -të telefonosh)
They've called off the meeting. (call off = to cancel -të anulosh)
In terms of word order, there are two main types of phrasal verb: separable and inseparable.
Për sa i përket rendit të fjalëve, ka dy lloje kryesore të shprehjeve foljore: të ndashme dhe të pandashme.
Separable
Të ndashme
With separable phrasal verbs, the verb and particle can be apart or together.
Me shprehjet foljore të ndashme, folja dhe pjesëza mund të jenë veçmas apo bashkë.
They've called the meeting off.
OR
They've called off the meeting.
However, separable phrasal verbs must be separated when you use a pronoun.
Megjithatë, shprehjet foljore të ndashme duhet të ndahen kur përdorni një përemër.
The meeting? They've called it off.
Here are some common separable phrasal verbs:
Këtu ndodhen disa shprehje foljore të ndashme:
I didn't want to bring the situation up at the meeting.
(bring up = start talking about a particular subject)
(sjell =të fillosh të flasësh për një temë të caktuar)
Please can you fill this form in?
(fill in = write information in a form or document)
(plotësoj =shkruaj të dhëna në një formular apo dokument)
I'll pick you up from the station at 8 p.m.
(pick up = collect someone in a car or other vehicle to take them somewhere)
(marr = marr dikë në një makinë apo në një mjet tjetër për ta çuar diku)
She turned the job down because she didn't want to move to Glasgow.
(turn down = to not accept an offer)
(refuzoj = nuk pranoj një ofertë)
Non-separable
Të pandashme
Some phrasal verbs cannot be separated.
Disa shprehje foljore nuk mund të ndahen.
Who looks after the baby when you're at work?
Even when there is a pronoun, the verb and particle remain together.
Edhe kur ka një përemër, folja dhe pjesëza qëndrojnë bashkë.
Who looks after her when you're at work?
Here are some common non-separable phrasal verbs:
Këtu ndodhen disa shprehje foljore të pandashme:
I came across your email when I was clearing my inbox.
(come across = to find something by chance)
(has – të gjesh diçka të re rastësisht)
The caterpillar turned into a beautiful butterfly.
(turn into = become)
(shndërroj = bëhem)
It was quite a major operation. It took months to get over it and feel normal again.
(get over = recover from something)
(kapërcej = shërohem nga diçka)
We are aware of the problem and we are looking into it.
(look into = investigate)
(shqyrtoj = hetoj)
Some multi-word verbs are inseparable simply because they don't take an object.
Disa folje me disa fjalë janë të pandashme, thjesht sepse nuk marrin një kundrinor.
I get up at 7 a.m.
With two particles
Me dy pjesëza
Phrasal verbs with two particles are also inseparable. Even if you use a pronoun, you put it after the particles.
Shprehjet foljore me dy pjesëza janë gjithashtu të pandashme. Edhe kur përdorni një përemër, ju e vendosni atë pas pjesëzës.
Who came up with that idea?
(come up with = think of an idea or plan)
(dal me = mendoj një ide apo plan)
Let's get rid of these old magazines to make more space.
(get rid of = remove or become free of something that you don't want)
(shpëtoj = heq apo lirohem nga diçka që nuk e dua)
I didn't really get on with my stepbrother when I was a teenager.
(get on with = like and be friendly towards someone)
(miqësohem = pëlqej dhe jam miqësor drejt dikujt)
Can you hear that noise all the time? I don't know how you put up with it.
(put up with = tolerate something difficult or annoying)
(duroj = pajtohem me diçka të vështirë apo të bezdisshme)
The concert's on Friday. I'm really looking forward to it.
(look forward to = be happy and excited about something that is going to happen)
(mezi pres = jam i/e lumtur dhe i/e emocionuar rreth diçkaje që do të ndodhë)
Do this exercise to test your grammar again.
Bëni këtë ushtrim për të testuar sërish njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Put the words in the correct order.
Vendosini fjalët në rendin e duhur.
for Mika’s birthday? | a good idea | Has anyone | up | with | come |
|
|
|
|
|
|
turned | politely | it | The invitation to their wedding? I | down. |
|
When my parents are on holiday, I | after | the cat. | look |
|
over | this? | to get | I’m heartbroken. How long will it take |
|
If climate change continues, this | turn | whole area | a desert. | could | turn |
|
pick | you can | at 6 p.m. | up | her | Caty called to ask if |
|
This table is completely broken. Let’s | rid | of | it. | get |
|
=======
19.03.2022
Passives
Pësorja
Do you know how to use the passive voice to change the focus of a sentence? Look at these examples to see how the passive voice is used.
A dini si të përdorni diatezën pësore për të ndryshuar fokusin e një fjalie? Shihni këta shembuj për të parë se si përdoret diateza pësore.
A lot of olive oil is produced in Italy.
This book was written by Angela Davis.
The suspect will be released tomorrow.
This product has not been tested on animals.
Try this exercise to test your grammar.
Provoni këtë ushtrim për të testuar njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentence.
Zgjidhni opsionin e duhur për të plotësuar fjalitë.
The Egyptian pyramids ___ thousands of years ago.
are built
been built
were built
Your letter ___ within 28 days.
will be answer
will be answered
will answer
Chocolate ___ for over 4,000 years.
has been produce
is been produced
has been produced
I don’t know who ___ my bike.
stole
is stolen
was stolen
My car ___ this week, so I’m going to work by bus.
is being repaired
is been repair
is repairing
Not enough of our rubbish ___.
recycles
is recycled
is recycle
The fire service still ___ the fire.
wasn’t put out
is put out
haven’t put out
The underground connection ___ when I moved into the house.
is still being built
was still being built
was still building
Read the explanation to learn more.
Lexoni shpjegimin për të mësuar më shumë.
Grammar explanation
Shpjegimi gramatikor
We use the passive voice to change the focus of the sentence.
Ne përdorim diatezën pësore për të ndryshuar fokusin e një fjalie.
My bike was stolen. (passive – focus on my bike)
Biçikleta ime u vodh. (pësore – fokusi në biçikletën time)
Someone stole my bike. (active – focus on someone)
Dikush vodhi biçikletën time. (veprore – fokusi në dikush)
We often use the passive:
Shpesh përdorim pësoren:
when we prefer not to mention who or what does the action (for example, it’s not known, it’s obvious or we don’t want to say)
kur preferojmë të mos përmendim se kush apo çfarë e kryen veprimin (për shembull, nuk dihet se kush është, është e qartë apo ne nuk duam ta themi)
so that we can start a sentence with the most important or most logical information
në mënyrë që ne të mund të fillojmë një fjali me të dhënat më të rëndësishme apo më logjike
in more formal or scientific writing.
në një të shkruar më formael apo më shkencore.
How we make the passive
Si e formojmë pësoren
We make the passive using the verb be + past participle. We start the sentence with the object.
Ne e formojmë pësoren duke përdorur foljen jam + pjesoren e kryer. Ne e nisim fjalinë me kundrinorin.
Avatar Avatar | was ishte | directed by James Cameron. drejtuar nga James Cameron.
|
↓ | ↓ | ↓ |
Object Kundrinori | + be + +jam+
| past participle pjesorja e kryer
|
It is not always necessary to add who or what did the action.
Nuk është gjithmonë e nevojshme të shtojmë kush apo çfarë e bëri veprimin.
My flight Fluturimi im | is është | cancelled. anuluar. |
↓ | ↓ | ↓ |
Object Kundrinori | + be + +jam+ | past participle pjesorja e kryer |
Only the form of be changes to make the tense. The past participle stays the same. Here are examples of the passive in its most common tenses.
Vetëm forma e jam ndryshon për të formuar kohën. Pjesorja e kryer qëndron njësoj. Këtu ndodhen shembuj të pësores në kohët e saj më të zakonshme.
Tense Kohët | Example Shembull | Structure Struktura |
Present simple Koha e tashme | Alioli is made from oil, garlic and salt. | is/are + past participle jam + pjesore e kryer |
Present continuous Koha e tashme e vazhduar | The hall is being painted this week. | is/are being + past participle jam duke u + pjesore e kryer |
Past simple Koha e kryer e thjeshtë | John F. Kennedy was assassinated in 1963. | was/were + past participle isha + pjesore e kryer |
Past continuous Koha e shkuar e vazhduar | The signs were being put up last week. | was/were being + past participle isha duke u + pjesore e kryer |
Present perfect Koha e kryer | Oranges have been grown here for centuries. | has/have been + past participle kam qenë + pjesore e kryer |
Past perfect Koha e kryer e plotë
| When he got home, he found that his flat had been burgled. | had been + past participle kisha qenë + pjesore e kryer |
Future simple Koha e ardhme | The work will be finished next week. | will be + past participle do të jem + pjesore e kryer |
Do this exercise to test your grammar again.
Bëni këtë ushtrim për të testuar sërish njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentence.
Zgjidhni opsionin e duhur për të plotësuar fjalitë.
All our lamps ___ from original 1950s designs.
produce
is produced
are produced
Mistakes ___, but we’re working on a solution now.
have been make
are been made
have been made
Someone ___ my wallet and left it at reception.
had found
had been found
was found
My phone ___ last week, so I didn’t get your message until today.
was being fixed
was been fix
was fixing
A lot of time ___ on pointless meetings in this company.
wastes
is wasted
is waste
Your application ___ by the end of the month.
will be review
will be reviewed
will review
Someone ___ my talk at the conference and recommended me as a speaker.
saw
was seen
had been seen
The suspect ___ near the French border.
was caught
were caught
caught
=====
12.03.2022
Participle clauses
Fjalitë pjesore
Do you know how to use participle clauses to say information in a more economical way? Look at these examples to see how participle clauses are used.
A dini si të përdorni fjalitë pjesore për të thënë të dhënat në një mënyrë më ekonomike? Shihni këta shembuj për të parë se si përdoren klauzolat pjesore.
Looked after carefully, these boots will last for many years.
Not wanting to hurt his feelings, I avoided the question.
Having lived through difficult times together, they were very close friends.
Try this exercise to test your grammar.
Provoni këtë ushtrim për të testuar njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
___ lunch, I sat in the garden with a drink.
Making
Made
Having made
___ for the bus, she slipped on some ice and fell over.
Running
Run
Having run
On ___ her former owner, the dog ran across the room to greet him.
seeing
seen
having seen
___ in hospital for several weeks, she was delighted to be home.
Being
Been
Having been
___ by all the attention, he thanked everyone for the cake and presents.
Embarrassing
Embarrassed
Having embarrassed
The building collapsed, ___ two people.
injuring
injured
having injured
___ under normal clothes, a thermal layer keeps you warm in minus temperatures.
Wearing
Worn
Having been worn
___ by the sun, she didn’t see the boy crossing the road.
Blinding
Blinded
Having blinded
Read the explanation to learn more.
Lexoni shpjegimin për të mësuar më shumë.
Grammar explanation
Shpjegimi gramatikor
Participle clauses enable us to say information in a more economical way. They are formed using present participles (going, reading, seeing, walking, etc.), past participles (gone, read, seen, walked, etc.) or perfect participles (having gone, having read, having seen, having walked, etc.).
Klauzolat pjesore na lejojnë të themi të dhëna në një mënyrë më ekonomike, pra duke kursyer/përdorur më pak fjalë. Ato formohen duke përdorur pjesoret e tashme (duke shkuar, duke lexuar, duke parë, duke ecur, etj.), apo pjesoret e shkuara (shkuar, lexuar, parë, ecur, etj.).
We can use participle clauses when the participle and the verb in the main clause have the same subject. For example,
Ne mund t’i përdorim klauzolat pjesore kur pjesorja dhe folja në pjesën kryesore kanë të njëjtën kryefjalë. Për shembull,
Waiting for Ellie, I made some tea. (While I was waiting for Ellie, I made some tea.)
Duke pritur Ellie-n, unë bëra pak çaj. (Ndërkohë që isha duke pritur Ellie-n, unë bëra pak çaj.)
Participle clauses do not have a specific tense. The tense is indicated by the verb in the main clause.
Klauzolat pjesore nuk kanë një kohë të caktuar. Koha tregohet nga folja në pjesën kryesore.
Participle clauses are mainly used in written texts, particularly in a literary, academic or journalistic style.
Klauzolat pjesore janë kryesisht të përdorura në tekstet e shkruara, veçanërisht në një stil letrar, akademik apo gazetaresk.
Present participle clauses
Klauzola të pjesores së tashme
Here are some common ways we use present participle clauses. Note that present participles have a similar meaning to active verbs.
Këtu janë disa mënyra të zakonshme si ne përdorim klauzolat e pjesores së tashme. Mbani mend se pjesoret e tashme kanë një kuptim të ngjashëm me foljet në diatezën veprore.
To give the result of an action
Për të dhënë rezultatin e një veprimi
The bomb exploded, destroying the building.
To give the reason for an action
Për të dhënë arsyen për një veprim
Knowing she loved reading, Richard bought her a book.
To talk about an action that happened at the same time as another action
Për të folur për një veprim që ndodhi në të njëjtën kohë si një veprim tjetër
Standing in the queue, I realised I didn’t have any money.
To add information about the subject of the main clause
Për të shtuar informacion rreth kryefjalës së pjesës kryesore
Starting in the new year, the new policy bans cars in the city centre.
Past participle clauses
Klauzola të pjesores së kryer
Here are some common ways that we use past participle clauses. Note that past participles normally have a passive meaning.
Këtu ndodhen disa mënyra të zakonshme si ne përdorim klauzolat e pjesores së kryer. Mbani mend se pjesoret e kryera normalisht kanë një kuptim pësor.
With a similar meaning to an if condition
Me një kuptim të ngjashëm për një kusht ‘nëse’
Used in this way, participles can make your writing more concise.
(If you use participles in this way, … )
(Nëse i përdorin pjesoret në këtë mënyrë, …)
To give the reason for an action
Për të dhënë arsye për një veprim
Worried by the news, she called the hospital.
To add information about the subject of the main clause
Për të shtuar të dhëna rreth kryefjalës së pjesës kryesore
Filled with pride, he walked towards the stage.
Perfect participle clauses
Klauzola të pjesores së plotë
Perfect participle clauses show that the action they describe was finished before the action in the main clause. Perfect participles can be structured to make an active or passive meaning.
Klauzolat e pjesores së plotë tregojnë se veprimi që ato përshkruajnë përfundoi para se veprimi në pjesën kryesore. Pjesoret e plota mund të strukturohen për të bërë një kuptim vepror apo pësor.
Having got dressed, he slowly went downstairs.
Having finished their training, they will be fully qualified doctors.
Having been made redundant, she started looking for a new job.
Participle clauses after conjunctions and prepositions
Klauzolat pjesore pas lidhëzave dhe parafjalëve
It is also common for participle clauses, especially with -ing, to follow conjunctions and prepositions such as before, after, instead of, on, since, when, while and in spite of.
Është gjithashtu e zakonshme për klauzolat pjesore, veçanërisht me -ing, të ndjekin lidhëzat dhe parafjalët si para, pas, në vend të, mbi, qyshkur, kur, ndërkohë dhe pavarësisht.
Before cooking, you should wash your hands.
Instead of complaining about it, they should try doing something positive.
On arriving at the hotel, he went to get changed.
While packing her things, she thought about the last two years.
In spite of having read the instructions twice, I still couldn’t understand how to use it.
Do this exercise to test your grammar again.
Bëni këtë ushtrim për të testuar sërish njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
___ by the changing information, they thought the plane was cancelled.
Confusing
Confused
Having confused
___ at a low temperature, these jeans will keep their original colour for a long time.
Washing
Washed
Having washed
___ the paper, he saw the news about his hometown.
Reading
Read
Having read
___ by a local architect and artist, the house combines traditional materials with original design.
Building
Built
Having built
___ in India for two years, Kaleem could speak some Hindi.
Living
Lived
Having lived
___ in prisons throughout her twenties, she wrote her first play about life behind bars.
After working
Worked
Having been worked
___ through the woods, they found a bird with a broken wing.
Walking
Walked
Having walked
___ for the final interview, the candidates were asked to prepare a short presentation.
Selecting
Selected
Having been selected
======
05.03.2022
Past ability
Aftësi në të shkuarën
Do you know how to use could, was able to and managed to to talk about past abilities? Look at these examples to see how could, was able to and managed to are used.
A dini si të përdorni mundesha, isha i/e aftë të dhe ia dola të për të folur për aftësitë tuaja në të shkuarën? Shikoni këta shembuj për të parë se si përdoren could, was able to dhe managed to.
I could play the guitar when I was seven years old.
The police weren’t able to catch the speeding car.
The bird managed to escape from its cage and fly away.
Try this exercise to test your grammar.
Provoni këtë ushtrim për të testuar njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
I _____ open the door while carrying all the shopping.
managed to
could
The presentation wasn’t working at first but we _____ fix it.
could
were able to
How did you _____ write a book so soon after having a baby?
manage to
be able to
She _____ ski almost before she learned to walk.
could
managed to
He _____ attend the last meeting due to his daughter’s illness.
weren’t able to
couldn’t
_____ get your phone fixed? It looked very broken!
Did you manage to
Could you
I _____ drink milk as a child because it always made me feel sick.
couldn’t
didn’t manage to
The journey went fine yesterday and we _____ find their house easily with GPS.
could
were able to
Read the explanation to learn more.
Lexoni shpjegimin për të mësuar më shumë.
Grammar explanation
Shpjegimi gramatikor
General ability
Aftësi e përgjithshme
We usually use could or couldn’t to talk about general abilities in the past.
Ne zakonisht përdorim (nuk) mundesha të për të folur për aftësi të përgjithshme në të shkuarën.
She could paint before she started school.
I couldn’t cook until I went to university.
When I lived next to the pool, I could go swimming every day.
Ability on one occasion – successful
Aftësi në një rast – i suksesshëm
When we talk about achieving something on a specific occasion in the past, we use was/were able to (= had the ability to) and managed to (= succeeded in doing something difficult).
Kur flasim për arritjen e diçkaje në një rast të caktuar të së shkuarës, ne përdorim isha i/e aftë të (=kisha aftësinë të) dhe ia dola të (=ia dola mbanë të bëja diçka të vështirë).
The burglar was able to get in through the bathroom window.
The burglar managed to get in through the bathroom window even though it was locked.
Could is not usually correct when we’re talking about ability at a specific moment in the past.
Mundesha zakonisht nuk është e saktë kur jemi duke folur për një aftësi në një çast të caktuar të së shkuarës.
Ability on one occasion – unsuccessful
Aftësi në një rast – jo i sukseshëm
When we talk about a specific occasion when someone didn’t have the ability to do something, we can use wasn’t/weren’t able to, didn’t manage to or couldn’t.
Kur flasim për një rast të caktuar kur dikush nuk kishte aftësinë të bënte diçka, ne mund të përdorim nuk isha i/e aftë të, nuk ia arrita të apo nuk mundesha të.
The speaker wasn’t able to attend the conference due to illness.
She couldn’t watch the match because she was working.
They worked on it for months but they didn’t manage to find a solution.
Note that wasn’t/weren’t able to is more formal than couldn’t, while didn’t manage to emphasises that the thing was difficult to do.
Mbani mend se nuk isha i/e aftë të është më formale se nuk mundesha, ndërkohë që nuk ia arrita të thekson se diçka ishte e vështirë të kryhej.
Do this exercise to test your grammar again.
Bëni këtë ushtrim për të testuar sërish njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
We were _____ leave our suitcases with reception while we waited for our room to be ready.
could
able to
We were _____ get a boat from the island that day because of the bad weather.
not able to
not manage to
I can’t believe you _____ get us a table at the restaurant. It’s always full!
could
managed to
I _____ afford to buy a car so I borrowed money from the bank.
didn’t manage to
couldn’t
Luckily, I _____ get to the airport on time, despite the traffic.
managed to
could
When I first moved to Argentina I _____ only speak a few words of Spanish.
could
managed to
He _____ swim until he had lessons when he was 20 years old.
didn’t manage to
couldn’t
I _____ touch my toes until I started doing yoga and became more flexible.
could
couldn’t
===========
paf27.01.2022
Hi there,
Try to fill up both exercises attached to this lesson and we can discauss them when we see each other on Saturday.
fm
Enough
Mjaft
Do you know how to use the word ‘enough’? Look at these examples to see how ‘enough’ is used.
A dini si ta përdorni fjalën ‘mjaft’? Shikoni këta shembuj për të parë si përdoret ‘mjaft’?
She’s not old enough to walk yet.
We are not acting fast enough to stop climate change.
I don’t read enough.
Is there enough coffee for everyone?
We’ve had enough of their lies.
Try this exercise to test your grammar.
Provoni këtë ushtrim për të testuar njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
Those children don’t look _____ to go to this school.
old enough
enough old
enough of old
I should have helped more. I’m sorry I didn’t _____.
enough do
do enough
enough of do
If we don’t get _____, we start to feel depressed.
enough vitamin D
vitamin D enough
enough of vitamin D
That’s _____, thanks. I’m too full to eat another bite!
enough of
enough
had enough
I haven’t got _____ to start a new hobby.
enough free time
free enough time
enough of free time
We’ve got _____ the red material but I don’t think we’ve got the blue.
enough
of enough
enough of
If you ask him _____, he might let you borrow his car.
nicely enough
enough nicely
nicely enough of
I don’t have a _____ to get a dog.
big enough of house
big enough house
house enough big
Read the explanation to learn more.
Lexoni shpjegimin për të mësuar më shumë.
Grammar explanation
Shpjegimi gramatikor
‘Enough’ means ‘as much as necessary’. It can be used with an adjective, an adverb, a verb or a noun. It can also act as a pronoun.
‘Mjaft’ do të thotë ‘aq sa nevojitet’. Ajo mund të përdoret me një mbiemër, një ndajfolje, një folje apo një emër. Gjithashtu mund të veprojë si një përemër.
With adjectives and adverbs
Me mbiemra dhe ndajfolje
‘Enough’ comes after adjectives and adverbs.
‘Mjaft’ vjen pas mbiemrave dhe ndajfoljeve.
I’m not tall enough to reach the top shelf.
Your marks are good enough to study engineering at university.
I couldn’t write quickly enough and I ran out of time.
I’ve helped at conferences often enough to know what can go wrong.
With verbs
Me folje
‘Enough’ comes after verbs.
‘Mjaft’ vjen pas foljeve.
I make sure I drink enough during the day.
I don’t read enough but I’m going to start downloading books to my phone.
With nouns
Me emra
‘Enough’ comes before nouns.
‘Mjaft’ vjen para emrave.
There isn’t enough bread to make sandwiches.
Have you got enough money?
As a pronoun
Si një përemër
‘Enough’ can also be used without a noun.
‘Mjaft’ gjithashtu mund të përdoret pa një emër.
I’ll get some more chairs. There aren’t enough.
A: Do you want more coffee?
B: No, I’ve had enough, thanks.
We know what the noun is because of the context.
Ne e dimë se çfarë është emri për arsye të kontekstit.
With an adjective and a noun
Me një mbiemër dhe një emër
When enough is used with an adjective and a noun, two positions are possible but the meaning changes.
Kur mjaft përdoret me një mbiemër dhe një emër, dy pozicione janë të mundura por me kuptime të ndryshme.
We haven’t got big enough envelopes. (Nuk kemi zarfa mjaftueshëm të mëdhenj.)
We haven’t got enough big envelopes. (Nuk kemi mjaftueshëm zarfa të mëdhenj.)
When enough is after the adjective (big enough envelopes), it describes the adjective – the envelopes are too small. When enough is before the adjective (enough big envelopes), it describes the noun phrase – we have some big envelopes, but we need more.
Kur mjaft ndodhet pas një mbiemri (zarfa mjaftueshëm të mëdhenj), ajo përshkruan mbiemrin – zarfat janë të vegjël. Kur mjaft është para mbiemrit (mjaftueshëm zarfa të mëdhenj), ajo përshkruan grupin emëror – ne kemi disa zarfa të mëdhenj, por na nevojiten më shumë.
enough of
mjaft nga
We normally only use enough of when it is followed by a determiner or a pronoun (a/an/the, this/that, my/your/his, you/them, etc.).
Normalisht ne përdorim mjaft nga vetëm kur ndiqet nga një përcaktor ose një përemër (nyjet joshquese ‘një’, nyja shquese ‘the’, ky/kjo, e imja/jotja/e tij, juve/atyre, etj.).
There isn’t enough of that bread to make sandwiches for everyone.
I’ve seen enough of his work to be able to recommend him.
There’s enough of us to make a difference.
Do this exercise to test your grammar again.
Bëni këtë ushtrim për të testuar sërish njohuritë tuaja gramatikore.
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
Zgjidhni opsionin e saktë për të plotësuar fjalitë.
I’m worried I didn’t bring _____ for cold weather.
clothes enough
enough clothes
enough of clothes
My job doesn’t pay _____.
enough well
enough of well
well enough
We lost. Our players just aren’t _____ yet.
enough good
good enough
enough of good
Did you buy more oil? There _____ here.
isn’t enough
enough isn’t
isn’t enough of
There isn’t _____ that cake for everyone to have some.
enough
enough of
of enough
I don’t _____!
go out enough
enough go out
enough of go out
I’ve dropped a euro between those two cupboards but I don’t have _____ to get it.
enough small hands
enough of small hands
small enough hands
Is there _____ to finish decorating the bathroom?
enough blue paint
blue enough paint
paint enough blue
paf01.15. 2022
Hello Glei and friends,
Hi, there. In this lesson I will help you to fix a few very common advanced English Grammar mistakes. These are mistakes that a lot of my students make, even students that are considered quite fluent in English. Let’s see if you make them too and I will teach you how to fix them.
Before I teach you the grammar rules of these different topics I’ll be discussing, I’d like you to take a little test. A little grammar test that we’ll measure how many mistakes you’re making. Maybe you’re not making any of these mistakes, which is fantastic. But I predict even if you are an advanced learner you’re probably making at least one or two of these.
Let’s make sure that your grammar is perfect and let’s fix these. You will take a test, you will see eleven different sentences.
Each sentence has one grammar mistake and it’s your job to find the mistake and fix it. So, you will see the sentence on the screen, and I want you to take a few seconds and think about what the mistake might be.
And then, I will give you the correct answer, and we will go through each rule. Alright, let’s get started.
Let’s look at sentence number one.
I suggested him to buy the other one. Where is the mistake?
Number two. I suggest you to do it. Where is the mistake?
Number three. I suggest you don’t be late anymore. Do you know the mistake?
Number four. I’m looking for a two bedrooms apartment. That one I hear all the time and that’s not correct.
Number five. I have a six years old son. Can you see the mistake in that one?
Number six. I would appreciate getting some advices from you. Where’s the mistake?
Number seven. I’m really looking forward to go there. Did you spot the mistake?
Number eight. In my country, we are used to eat rice for breakfast. Where is the mistake?
Number nine. I will give it to you when we will see each other.
Number ten. If you’ll go, I’ll go to. Where’s the mistake?
Number eleven. If you would have tried it, you would have liked it. Where is the mistake?
Did you find all of the mistakes?
So, now I will give you the correct answers and I will teach you the grammar rules. Let’s look at the first sentence.
It’s incorrect to say I suggested him. There are different ways you can correct that.
You can say: I suggested that he buy the other one and word “that” is optional, so you can also say: I suggested he buy the other one but don’t say I suggested him.
And sometimes it’s not necessary to include the pronoun depending on the meaning of your sentence. In that case, you can use a gerund, you can use an -ing, and you can say:
I suggested buying the other one. So it’s suggested if we use a verb immediately afterwards it needs to have an -ing, it needs to be a gerund. I suggested buying. I suggested going there. I suggested doing it. Make sure the verb is a gerund. Make sure it has an -ing ending.
Number two was “I suggest you to do it. That’s a sentence I hear a lot, but that’s not correct. We don’t say I suggest you.
You need to say I suggest that you do it or you can eliminate that and you can say “I suggest you do it”. But don’t say “I suggest you”.
You can say: I suggest it to you. I suggest something to you. The verb suggest is a confusing verb. It is used differently than most other English verbs. That’s why people make so many mistakes with it. So we don’t say: “I suggest you this one”.
We say: “I suggest this one to you.” We use the ‘to’ with the pronoun.
When you use another verb with suggest don’t use to after suggest. Instead, use the word ‘that’.
I suggest that you fix it soon. I suggest that he fix it soon.
Did you see what I did in the last sentence? I said he fix, I didn’t say he fixes. That’s confusing, right? That’s because the verb that is used with suggest must take the subjunctive form. And the subjunctive for is the infinitive form of the verb, so you cannot change it to past tense and you do not add an ‘s’. So we say I suggest that he go there, not that he goes there.
I suggest that he be there on time. We use be not than he is.
I suggest that he try harder next time.
We don’t say that he tries harder because suggest requires a subjunctive form of the following verb.
And where was the mistake in sentence number 3?
We do not say “You don’t” we say I suggest you not be late anymore. Or you can use a gerund, if you don’t need to say the pronoun and just say:
I suggest not being late anymore. I suggest not driving so fast. I suggest not doing that.
=========
paf01.04.2022
The present perfect is a verb tense which is used to show that an action has taken place once or many times before now. The present perfect is most frequently used to talk about experiences or changes that have taken place, but there are other less common uses as well. Read on for detailed descriptions, examples, and present perfect exercises.
Present Perfect Forms
The present perfect is formed using has/have + past participle. Questions are indicated by inverting the subject and has/have. Negatives are made with not.
- Statement: You have seen that movie many times.
- Question: Have you seen that movie many times?
- Negative: You have not seen that movie many times.
Present Perfect Uses
USE 1 Unspecified Time Before Now
We use the present perfect to say that an action happened at an unspecified time before now. The exact time is not important.
You CANNOT use the present perfect with specific time expressions such as: yesterday, one year ago, last week, when I was a child, when I lived in Japan, at that moment, that day, one day, etc.
We CAN use the present perfect with unspecific expressions such as: ever, never, once, many times, several times, before, so far, already, yet, etc.
Examples:
- I have seen that movie twenty times.
- I think I have met him once before.
- There have been many earthquakes in California.
- People have traveled to the Moon.
- People have not traveled to Mars.
- Have you read the book yet?
- Nobody has ever climbed that mountain.
- A: Has there ever been a war in the United States?
B: Yes, there has been a war in the United States.
How Do You Actually Use the Present Perfect?
The concept of "unspecified time" can be very confusing to English learners. It is best to associate present perfect with the following topics:
TOPIC 1 Experience
You can use the present perfect to describe your experience. It is like saying, "I have the experience of..." You can also use this tense to say that you have never had a certain experience. The present perfect is NOT used to describe a specific event.
Examples:
- I have been to France.
This sentence means that you have had the experience of being in France. Maybe you have been there once, or several times. - I have been to France three times.
You can add the number of times at the end of the sentence. - I have never been to France.
This sentence means that you have not had the experience of going to France. - I think I have seen that movie before.
- He has never traveled by train.
- Joan has studied two foreign languages.
- A: Have you ever met him?
B: No, I have not met him.
TOPIC 2 Change Over Time
We often use the present perfect to talk about change that has happened over a period of time.
Examples:
- You have grown since the last time I saw you.
- The government has become more interested in arts education.
- Japanese has become one of the most popular courses at the university since the Asian studies program was established.
- My English has really improved since I moved to Australia.
TOPIC 3 Accomplishments
We often use the present perfect to list the accomplishments of individuals and humanity. You cannot mention a specific time.
Examples:
- Man has walked on the Moon.
- Our son has learned how to read.
- Doctors have cured many deadly diseases.
- Scientists have split the atom.
TOPIC 4 An Uncompleted Action You Are Expecting
We often use the present perfect to say that an action which we expected has not happened. Using the present perfect suggests that we are still waiting for the action to happen.
Examples:
- James has not finished his homework yet.
- Susan hasn't mastered Japanese, but she can communicate.
- Bill has still not arrived.
- The rain hasn't stopped.
TOPIC 5 Multiple Actions at Different Times
We also use the present perfect to talk about several different actions which have occurred in the past at different times. Present perfect suggests the process is not complete and more actions are possible.
Examples:
- The army has attacked that city five times.
- I have had four quizzes and five tests so far this semester.
- We have had many major problems while working on this project.
- She has talked to several specialists about her problem, but nobody knows why she is sick.
======
paf01.05.2022
Mesimi 2
I have done (present perfect) and I did (past). Kam bere(e kryer) dhe bera(e kryer e thjeshte.
Kate is making some coffee. Kate has made some coffee.
Kate has made some coffee = she made some coffee and the coffee is ready. (e ka pergatitur kafen)
You can use the present perfect (have done/has made, etc.) for new information:
“I´ve decided to quit my job.” “Really? Why?”
We´ve sold our car. Now we take the bus every day.
They´re having a party next week, but they haven´t invited me.
I´m looking for Amy. Have you seen her?
You can also use the past (I decided, we sold, etc.) in these examples:
I decided to quit my job.
We say that something has changed. It is different now from what it was before:
Her English has improved. It is different now from what it was before.
The city has changed a lot. It´s very different now.
We use the past, not the present perfect, with a finished time(last year, yesterday, etc.):
They arrived yesterday. (not have arrived)
Where were you on Sunday? (not Where have you been)
We didn´t take a vacation last year. (not haven´t taken)
A: Did you go out last night?
B:No, I stayed home.
William Shakespeare lived from 1564 to 1616. He was a writer. He wrote many plays and poems.
We use the past to ask When…? Or What time…?:
When did you sell your car? (not When have you sold)
What time did Andy go out? (not What time has)
We use the present perfect with yet in negative sentences and questions. Yet(=until now/akoma) is usually at the end:
A:Does James know that you´re going away?
B: No, I haven´t told him yet.
A: Have Sarah and Nick arrived yet?
B: No; not yet, but they´ll be here soon.
A: Has Nichole started her new job yet?
B: No, she´s starting next week.
Sarah has bought a new dress, but she hasn´t worn it yet.
You can also use the past with yet:
Did Nicole start her new job yet?
Exercises
2.1.Complete the sentences. Use the present perfect (I´ve made, etc.) with these words.
Change decide finish fix go up invite make see stop
I .´ve made…some coffee. Would you like some?
The weeding is in June. We ……………….. 50 people.
I can´t find my glasses. ……………….. you ……………….. them anywhere?
The weather ………………… It´s colder now.
What are your plans? What ……………….. you ……………….. do?
Food prices ……………….. a lot. Everything is more expensive now.
……………….. you ……………….. the book you were reading?
There was a problem with the car, but I ……………….. it. It´s OK now.
It ……………….. raining. We can go out now.
2.2Are the verbs in these sentences OK? Correct them is necessary. (The verbs are underlined.)
Where have you been on Sunday? …..Where were you on Sunday?.....
I´m looking for Amy. Have you seen her? ……..OK……….
I´ve washed all the clothes. Everything is clear. ………………..………………..
Vicky has bought some clothes yesterday. ………………..………………..
I´ve decided to try to learn Japanese. ………………..………………..
Last year I´ve decided to try to learn Japanese. ………………..………………..
The weather hasn´t been good last weekend. ………………..………………..
Steve´s grandmother has died six months ago. ………………..………………..
2.3.Write negative sentences with yet (They haven´t … yet/She hasn´t … yet, etc.).
2.4.Write questions. Use the present perfect + yet.
Your friend has a new job. Maybe she has started it.
You ask her: …Have you started your job yet?.......
You friend has some new neighbors. Maybe he has met them.
You ask him: ………………….. you …………………..…………………..
Your friend is going on a trip soon. Maybe she has booked her flight.
You ask her: …………………..…………………..…………………..…………………..
Some people (sot you) are having a meeting at work. Maybe the meeting has finished.
You ask a colleague: …………………..…………………..…………………..…………………..
======
paf01.05.2022
Mesimi 2
I have done (present perfect) and I did (past). Kam bere(e kryer) dhe bera(e kryer e thjeshte.
Kate is making some coffee. Kate has made some coffee.
Kate has made some coffee = she made some coffee and the coffee is ready. (e ka pergatitur kafen)
You can use the present perfect (have done/has made, etc.) for new information:
“I´ve decided to quit my job.” “Really? Why?”
We´ve sold our car. Now we take the bus every day.
They´re having a party next week, but they haven´t invited me.
I´m looking for Amy. Have you seen her?
You can also use the past (I decided, we sold, etc.) in these examples:
I decided to quit my job.
We say that something has changed. It is different now from what it was before:
Her English has improved. It is different now from what it was before.
The city has changed a lot. It´s very different now.
We use the past, not the present perfect, with a finished time(last year, yesterday, etc.):
They arrived yesterday. (not have arrived)
Where were you on Sunday? (not Where have you been)
We didn´t take a vacation last year. (not haven´t taken)
A: Did you go out last night?
B:No, I stayed home.
William Shakespeare lived from 1564 to 1616. He was a writer. He wrote many plays and poems.
We use the past to ask When…? Or What time…?:
When did you sell your car? (not When have you sold)
What time did Andy go out? (not What time has)
We use the present perfect with yet in negative sentences and questions. Yet(=until now/akoma) is usually at the end:
A:Does James know that you´re going away?
B: No, I haven´t told him yet.
A: Have Sarah and Nick arrived yet?
B: No; not yet, but they´ll be here soon.
A: Has Nichole started her new job yet?
B: No, she´s starting next week.
Sarah has bought a new dress, but she hasn´t worn it yet.
You can also use the past with yet:
Did Nicole start her new job yet?
Exercises
2.1.Complete the sentences. Use the present perfect (I´ve made, etc.) with these words.
Change decide finish fix go up invite make see stop
I .´ve made…some coffee. Would you like some?
The weeding is in June. We ……………….. 50 people.
I can´t find my glasses. ……………….. you ……………….. them anywhere?
The weather ………………… It´s colder now.
What are your plans? What ……………….. you ……………….. do?
Food prices ……………….. a lot. Everything is more expensive now.
……………….. you ……………….. the book you were reading?
There was a problem with the car, but I ……………….. it. It´s OK now.
It ……………….. raining. We can go out now.
2.2Are the verbs in these sentences OK? Correct them is necessary. (The verbs are underlined.)
Where have you been on Sunday? …..Where were you on Sunday?.....
I´m looking for Amy. Have you seen her? ……..OK……….
I´ve washed all the clothes. Everything is clear. ………………..………………..
Vicky has bought some clothes yesterday. ………………..………………..
I´ve decided to try to learn Japanese. ………………..………………..
Last year I´ve decided to try to learn Japanese. ………………..………………..
The weather hasn´t been good last weekend. ………………..………………..
Steve´s grandmother has died six months ago. ………………..………………..
2.3.Write negative sentences with yet (They haven´t … yet/She hasn´t … yet, etc.).
2.4.Write questions. Use the present perfect + yet.
Your friend has a new job. Maybe she has started it.
You ask her: …Have you started your job yet?.......
You friend has some new neighbors. Maybe he has met them.
You ask him: ………………….. you …………………..…………………..
Your friend is going on a trip soon. Maybe she has booked her flight.
You ask her: …………………..…………………..…………………..…………………..
Some people (sot you) are having a meeting at work. Maybe the meeting has finished.
You ask a colleague: …………………..…………………..…………………..…………………..
=================
paf04.10.2021
Give happiness a chance.
Hello there
Hello there friend.
Use your time to be happy
You are a walking marvel
You have no equal
You are unique, irreplaceable,
did you know that?
Why aren't you surprised?
Why aren’t you glad, astonished
About yourself
And what about everyone else
you know?
Do you think that it’s so natural,
so obvious,
that you are alive,
that you can go on living,
that you are given time
to sing and to dance,
and to be happy?
Why then loose your time
In the senseless pursuit
Of money and possessions?
Why make a crowd of worries
of tomorrow and the days after tomorrow?
Why quarrel, bore yourself in empty amusements
And then sleep when the sun shines?
Take your time quietly
And be happy.
Time is no speedway
Between the cradle and the grave
but space
to find a place in the sun.
Page Break
paf 04.11.2021
Nothing is without meaning
My eyes are the light,
for the green of Spring and the white of the snow,
for the grey of the clouds
and for the blue of the sky,
for the stars at night,
and for the incredible miracle
of so many wonderful people around me.
My mouth is for the word,
For every gentle word
someone is waiting for.
My lips are for kissing
And my hands for softness, for tenderness,
For giving comfort and bread to the poor.
My feet are for the path
Which leads me to the dispossessed.
My heart is for love, for warmth,
For those who are abandoned and left in the cold.
My body exists to be close to others.
Without my body I am nowhere.
Nothing is without meaning!
Everything has a deep significance!
Why then am I not happy?
Are my eyes closed?
Is my mouth full of bitterness?
Are my hands ‘grabbers’ and my heart dry?
Don’t I know
That I was born for joy?
=================================================================
paf 04.12.2021
Pills!
For the smallest pain, a painkiller.
Every night a sleeping pill.
And for gloomy thoughts
A couple of Valium to cheer you up.
You are hopelessly spoiled.
You turn everything into a problem.
The slightest difficulty
And your nerves go to pieces.
Problems have to be tackled.
The problems that you evade
Will start to fester.
Yet ,there are a whole heap of problems
which are just part of life-
in marriage,
in education, inn growing up,
in getting on with people,
at work.
These are problems which you have to accept.
You have to go through them
Without hesitation,
With courage and ith strength.
If you run away from them
They will follow you and weigh you down.
In your life you can’t ignore your cross
Without being crushed by it.Page Break
paf 04. 13. 2021
The same thing day after day
People are ill with boredom,
Weary of life,
The house is full,
The table is loaded with food.
There’s never a ‘new’ day.
Everything stays the same , day after day.
The walls are thick, always cold.
New life never enters in.
People are ill with boredom.
They no longer even see the flowers or the birds.
Their parakeets and their overfed dogs
Are as dead as they are.
People go out at night
Till the early hours of the morning,
Then sleep when the sun shines.
They go to the doctor,
To the psychiatrist.
They never feel really good.
===============
paf 04.14.2021
The happy people
In searching for
The deepest reason for human happiness
I have never found the source
To be money, possessions, luxury, lazyness , profiteering, party-going or excitement.
With happy people
I always found, deep down, a sense of security,
A great simplicity,
And a spontaneous joy in little things.
With happy people I was always surprised
By the absence of stupid desires.
With happy people I never found
Restlessness or passionate searching,
Never that lust for self-importance.
And most often they had a good dose of humour.
==================
paf 04.15.2021
Whisteling in the rain
How is that some people
Sit in the sun looking like sour apples
and that others
whistle in the rain?
How is it that there are people
Who, as soon as they open their eyes,
see something wrong?
It is because they don’t understand
the meaning of life,
the meaning of things.
They need God, not as an impersonal, hazy being
Somewhere far away,
But as a personal friend,
like a father, close to them.
by being on intimate terms with God
and start every morning
with a new heart.
Is life sometimes too heavy for you?
Try for a while to be like a clown,
Who weeps inside,
But laughingly
Jokes and plays for a child,
To cure the sadness
In his own heart.
=================
paf 04.16. 2021
If you can’t laugh you can’t live.
Laughing is healthy.
You need to laugh.
Humour is healthy.
Do you think enough about this aspect of your health?
If all your anxieties give you wrinkles of your heart,
You will soon have wrinkles in your face.
Laughing frees you.
Humour relaxes you.
A laugh can free you from needles intensity.
A laugh is the best cosmetic for your outside
And the best medicine for your insides.
If your laugh-muscles work regularly
Your digestion will improve,
Your appetite will be stimulated,
and your blood pressure will stay down.
Humour gives you a sense of proportion.
Laughter and fun don’t only influence your metabolism,
But also your surroundings.
They lessen the tensions
And the tears.
Laughter and fun free you from that deadly earnestness
About leaden problems,
Free you from that miserable daily drag.
Laughter and fun are the best remedies
For the drugging of your heart and mind.
Laughter and fun open out new spaces
For the still unknown joys of life.
A day when you don’t laugh, is a lost day.
===============
paf 04.17.2021
Trifles
Why do I look so ugly when I miss the bus?
Or can’t I borrow the car and have to walk for once?
Yet I know that in Asia people have to walk every day,
Between the poles of a rich man’s rickshaw
-for just a handful of rice.
Why do I grumble about a minor illness
And worry about wrinkles or spots
When I know that thousands
carry an incurable illness in their body.
And thousands are being tortured for their beliefs,
For the colour of their skin of for nothing at all.
Why do I feel put on when I have to queue,
or walk in the rain or when I’m kept waiting?
Don’t I ever think of others, those with no legs,
or those who must live in bed,
the people who would be so happy, just once,
to be able to queue, or, just once,
to walk in the rain, or to kept waiting.
And if my meal isn’t served on time
Why do I forget that millions of people
Are never able to sit at a full table?
We are laughable, pathetic, stupid creatures,
Who spoil our own lives, who spoil the lives of others,
Because of a multitude of petty trifles,
When we ought to be so grateful
for every new day, for all the good things of life,
We have a fever
And our fever is really a madman’s selfishness.
==================
paf 04.18.2021
A spoilt day
I will never be happy
If I have no control over my emotions,
If my day is spoilt
By a scratch on my car,
An angry word at home,
A mini-crisis at work,
An unkept appointment,
A less-than-perfect result,
A wrinkled stocking
Or a crooked tie.
I will never be happy
If I am the victim of my own emotions,
A prisoner of overgrown expectations.
========================
paf 04.20.2021
Where have the flowers gone?
Tell me.
Where have the flowers gone?
The flowers of delight in life,
The flowers of pretty and nice things
In the TV reports, the newspapers
and in daily conversation?
They died and suffocated under an avalanche of news
About hatred, violence, murder and petty scandals.
Nobody has seen the flowers.
Nobody has heard about them.
They died and suffocated in the wallets
of sensation-seekers
and on the lips of doom-prophets.
Tell me.
Where have the flowers gone?
The flowers of little things done for each other.
The flowers of being a gift for each other.
They have died in our self-will,
Suffocated in our so-ridiculous sensitivity,
In or mini household cold-wars.
Tell me.
Where have the flowers gone
Of that tiny bit of happy security
we can offer each other?
You have a heart,
And there’s a human being who needs you.
Bring on the flowers!
Call to the Spring. Meet the sun.
Let yourself be captured by the wonder of light
and life.
Look at the skylark
who sings so high in the air.
Do you know why?
Because he doesn’t have to pay any rent!
Look up at he sky and sing,
Because the sun is free
and it shines for you.
=================
paf12.20.2020
The present perfect is a verb tense which is used to show that an action has taken place once or many times before now. The present perfect is most frequently used to talk about experiences or changes that have taken place, but there are other less common uses as well. Read on for detailed descriptions, examples, and present perfect exercises.
Present Perfect Forms
The present perfect is formed using has/have + past participle. Questions are indicated by inverting the subject and has/have. Negatives are made with not.
- Statement: You have seen that movie many times.
- Question: Have you seen that movie many times?
- Negative: You have not seen that movie many times.
Present Perfect Uses
USE 1 Unspecified Time Before Now
We use the present perfect to say that an action happened at an unspecified time before now. The exact time is not important.
You CANNOT use the present perfect with specific time expressions such as: yesterday, one year ago, last week, when I was a child, when I lived in Japan, at that moment, that day, one day, etc.
We CAN use the present perfect with unspecific expressions such as: ever, never, once, many times, several times, before, so far, already, yet, etc.
Examples:
- I have seen that movie twenty times.
- I think I have met him once before.
- There have been many earthquakes in California.
- People have traveled to the Moon.
- People have not traveled to Mars.
- Have you read the book yet?
- Nobody has ever climbed that mountain.
- A: Has there ever been a war in the United States?
B: Yes, there has been a war in the United States.
How Do You Actually Use the Present Perfect?
The concept of "unspecified time" can be very confusing to English learners. It is best to associate present perfect with the following topics:
TOPIC 1 Experience
You can use the present perfect to describe your experience. It is like saying, "I have the experience of..." You can also use this tense to say that you have never had a certain experience. The present perfect is NOT used to describe a specific event.
Examples:
- I have been to France.
This sentence means that you have had the experience of being in France. Maybe you have been there once, or several times. - I have been to France three times.
You can add the number of times at the end of the sentence. - I have never been to France.
This sentence means that you have not had the experience of going to France. - I think I have seen that movie before.
- He has never traveled by train.
- Joan has studied two foreign languages.
- A: Have you ever met him?
B: No, I have not met him.
TOPIC 2 Change Over Time
We often use the present perfect to talk about change that has happened over a period of time.
Examples:
- You have grown since the last time I saw you.
- The government has become more interested in arts education.
- Japanese has become one of the most popular courses at the university since the Asian studies program was established.
- My English has really improved since I moved to Australia.
TOPIC 3 Accomplishments
We often use the present perfect to list the accomplishments of individuals and humanity. You cannot mention a specific time.
Examples:
- Man has walked on the Moon.
- Our son has learned how to read.
- Doctors have cured many deadly diseases.
- Scientists have split the atom.
TOPIC 4 An Uncompleted Action You Are Expecting
We often use the present perfect to say that an action which we expected has not happened. Using the present perfect suggests that we are still waiting for the action to happen.
Examples:
- James has not finished his homework yet.
- Susan hasn't mastered Japanese, but she can communicate.
- Bill has still not arrived.
- The rain hasn't stopped.
TOPIC 5 Multiple Actions at Different Times
We also use the present perfect to talk about several different actions which have occurred in the past at different times. Present perfect suggests the process is not complete and more actions are possible.
Examples:
- The army has attacked that city five times.
- I have had four quizzes and five tests so far this semester.
- We have had many major problems while working on this project.
- She has talked to several specialists about her problem, but nobody knows why she is sick.
=============================================================================
28.09.2020
Students of Sunday 11,,
Me qellim qe mesimi yne i fundit, te kete me teper qartesi, do te ishte mire qe seicili prej jush te perpiqej te kuptonte se cfare kuptimi kane ne gjuhen shqipe fjalet e meposhteme:
ActivePassiveVoicePresentpastparticipleVerbformTenseStructureact uponsubjectobjectauxiliarymain verbagentintroduceappropriate formcontracted formsplace ( si folje ) = vendosbeforestatementimpersonalprincipal usecorrespond
Shumicen e ketyre fjaleve shpresoj se duhet ta njihni. Punoni per te njohur edhe te tjerat edhe keshtu do te jeni gati per te kuptuar edhe me mire se per cfare do te flasim ne ditet qe vijojne.
paf27.09.2020
Active and Passive Voice
Nje folje gjendet ne diatezen veprore kur ajo shpreh nje veprim I cili kryehet nga vete kryefjala.Nje fojle gjendet ne diatezen pesore atehere kur ajo shpreh nje veprim I cili bie mbi kryefjalen e vet ose atehere kur kryefjala eshte rezultat I veprimit.
Gjykoni veprimet e meposhteme:
Lightening struck the Pope’s office. ( Subject acting) = Active VoicePope’s Office was stuck by lightening. ( subject acted upon ) = Passive Voice
Te gjitha foljet kalimtare ( folje kalimtare quhen ato folje te cilat marrin kundrinore) mund te perdoren ne diatezen pesore. Ndryshe nga diateza veprore kur veprimi realizohet prej kryefjales, ne diatezen pesore,
( Passive Voice) pergjithesisht kryefjala e peson veprimin ose e thene ndryshe veprimi bie mbi kryefjalen.
Le te perpiqemi te ndertojme bashke dy rregulla te thjeshte para se te japim edhe me shume shembuj.
1) Ne diatezen veprore ( Active Voice ), kryefjala e fjalise vepron, me nje fjale, kryen veprimin.
p.sh: The secretary writes all the e mails. The women are knitting sweaters. Shakespeare wrote famous comedies. They are going to hire us.
2) Ne diatezen pesore ( Passive Voice ), kryefjala nuk ka me te njejtin funksion. Shikoni fjalite e meposhteme per te pare se si ka ndryshuar vendi I saj ne nje fjali.
p.sh:
All the e-mails are written by the secretary. Sweaters are being knitted by the women. Famous comedies were written by Shakespeare. We are going to be hired.
3) Per te ndertuar diatezen pesore ne gjuhen angleze atehere duhet t e kemi parasysh edhe te njohim mire dy elemente te saj.
a) E para: folja to beb) E dyta termi past participle.
Shpresoj qe te gjithe te jeni te informuar se c’eshte folja to be, si zgjedhohet ajo, cilat jane format qe ajo merr, e keshtu me radhe.Megjithese jam I bindur se ju e njifni, perseri, po mundohem t'ju paraqes nje tabele te saj:
Principal parts of the verb Be.
Infinitive Past Past Participle Present ParticipleBe was/were been being
Simple present Tense
Singular Plural
I am We areYou are You areHe is/She is/ It is They are
Present Continuous: I am being etc.
Simple Past
Singular Plural
I was We wereYou were You wereHe was/She was/ It was They were
Past Continuous: I was being etc.
Future Tense(will + the infinitive)
Singular Plural
I will be We will beYou will be You will beHe wll be/She will be/ It will be They will be
Future Continuous: I will be being etc.
Present Perfect Tense(have or has + the past participle)Singular Plural
I have been We have beenYou have been You have beenHe has been/She has been/t has been They have been
Past Perfect Tense(had + the past participle)
Singular Plural
I had been We had beenYou had been You had beenHe had been/She had been/It had been They had been
Future Perfect Tense(will have + past Participle)Singular Plural
I will have been We will have beenYou will have been You will have beenHe will have been/She will have been/
It will have been They will have been
Atehere, duke mos harruar se pergjithesish, cdo folje ne gjuhen angleze ka kater forma,seicili prej jush eshte mesuar se si te ndertoje kohet e ndryshme te pedorimit te foljeve.Sot na intereson shume te kujtojme vetem foljen to be, se ajo ka nje rol te rendesishem ne ndertimin e diatezes pesore.Me qellim qe pohimi yne te marre forme, do te na duhet te perdorim nje fome te foljes to be + plus nje folje ne past participle, per te percjelle kuptimin qe deshirojme edhe ne kete menyre mund te cojme nje folje ne diatezen pesore.
Me thjesht: To be + past participle = Passive Voice.
Ky model (patern) perben vecse nisjen e procesit sepse kohet e foljes do te variojne vetem nga ndryshimi I kohes se foljes ndihmese to be.
Ne ate kohe qe do te perdorim foljen to be, po ne ate kohe do te jete edhe fjalia jone, vecse kete radhe e perdorur ne diatezen pesore me kuptimin te cilin u munduam ta sqarojme si me siper.
Le te marrim nje ushtrim te thjeshte;
Percaktoni se cilat fjali jane active edhe cilat jane passive:
1) Barbara cooks our meals.2) Somebody helped the policeman.3) The government will close our hospital in the near future.4) This window was broken by a little boy.5) The queen was photographed by my wife.6) We spent too much money on our holidays.7) Barbara is loved by James.8) Her clothes are bought in Paris.9) Nency was driving too fast and she was stopped by the police.10) The new school will be opened by the Prime Minister.
Gjykoni veprimet e meposhteme:
Lightening struck the Pope’s office. ( Subject acting) = Active Voice
Te gjitha foljet kalimtare ( folje kalimtare quhen ato folje te cilat marrin kundrinore) mund te perdoren ne diatezen pesore. Ndryshe nga diateza veprore kur veprimi realizohet prej kryefjales, ne diatezen pesore,
( Passive Voice) pergjithesisht kryefjala e peson veprimin ose e thene ndryshe veprimi bie mbi kryefjalen.
Le te perpiqemi te ndertojme bashke dy rregulla te thjeshte para se te japim edhe me shume shembuj.
1) Ne diatezen veprore ( Active Voice ), kryefjala e fjalise vepron, me nje fjale, kryen veprimin.
p.sh: The secretary writes all the e mails.
a) E para: folja to be
Shpresoj qe te gjithe te jeni te informuar se c’eshte folja to be, si zgjedhohet ajo, cilat jane format qe ajo merr, e keshtu me radhe.
Principal parts of the verb Be.
Infinitive Past Past Participle Present Participle
Simple present Tense
Singular Plural
I am We are
Present Continuous: I am being etc.
Simple Past
Singular Plural
I was We were
Past Continuous: I was being etc.
Future Tense
Singular Plural
I will be We will be
Future Continuous: I will be being etc.
Present Perfect Tense
I have been We have been
Singular Plural
I had been We had been
I will have been We will have been
It will have been They will have been
Me thjesht:
Ky model (patern) perben vecse nisjen e procesit sepse kohet e foljes do te variojne vetem nga ndryshimi I kohes se foljes ndihmese to be.
Ne ate kohe qe do te perdorim foljen to be, po ne ate kohe do te jete edhe fjalia jone, vecse kete radhe e perdorur ne diatezen pesore me kuptimin te cilin u munduam ta sqarojme si me siper.
Percaktoni se cilat fjali jane active edhe cilat jane passive:
paf20.02.2020
Dear student,
Follow the video and try to understand the usage of the modal verbs can and can not.
fm
Can/can’t example sentences in everyday use
======================
Paf 02.10.2020
Dear students,
Read the following lecture very carefully and try to learn certain rules about Imperative.
fm
=============================
paf02.08.2020
======================
Present Simple or Continuous
We use the Present Simple for regular actions or events
I watch TV most evenings.
facts
The sun rises in the east
facts know about the future
The plane leaves at 5.00 in the morning
. thoughts and feelings about the time of speaking
I don’t understand.
We use the Present Continuous at the time of speaking (‘now’)
things which are true at the moment but not always
I’m looking for a new job.
present plans for the future
I’m taking my husband to New York for his birthday.
Look at these sentences
I’m thinking about dying my hair blonde but I don’t think my wife will be very happy about it.
I usually don’t drink coffee but I’m having one this morning because there is nothing else.
I often drive to work but I’m taking the train this morning because my car is in for repair.
My parents live in New York but I’m just visiting.
Notice how in all these examples we use the present continuous to talk about events which are temporary/limited in time and the present simple to talk about events which are habits/permanent.
I watch TV most evenings.
The sun rises in the east
The plane leaves at 5.00 in the morning
I don’t understand.
I’m looking for a new job.
I’m taking my husband to New York for his birthday.
I’m thinking about dying my hair blonde but I don’t think my wife will be very happy about it.
I often drive to work but I’m taking the train this morning because my car is in for repair.
=======================================
paf 02.07.2009
Present Continuous
- It’s raining.
- Who is Kate talking to on the phone?
- Look, somebody is trying to steal that man’s wallet.
- I’m not looking. My eyes are closed tightly.
- I’m looking for a new apartment.
- He’s thinking about leaving his job. /
- They’re considering making an appeal against the judgment.
- Are you getting enough sleep?
- I’m meeting her at 6.30.
- They aren’t arriving until Tuesday. –
- We are having a special dinner at a top restaurant for all the senior managers.
- Isn’t he coming to the dinner?
=============================
Paf 02.06.2020
- They drive to the office every day.
- She doesn’t come here very often.
- The news usually starts at 6.00 every evening.
- Do you usually have bacon and eggs for breakfast?
- We have two children.
- Water freezes at 0° C or 32° F.
- What does this expression mean?
- The Thames flows through London.
- Christmas Day falls on a Monday this year.
- The plane leaves at 5.00 tomorrow morning.
- Ramadan doesn’t start for another 3 weeks.
- Does the class begin at 10 or 11 this week?
- They don’t ever agree with us.
- I think you are right.
- She doesn’t want you to do it.
- Do you understand what I am trying to say.
paf 08.02.2019
How to use MUST
MUST is a modal verb – in other words, it helps give meaning to other verbs. Let’s look at all its meanings here, so you can avoid misunderstandings!
Meaning 1: We use MUST when we want to say that it is necessary or very important that something happens in the present or future.
Examples: 1. I must work hard on my English! (note: this expresses an obligation that you place on yourself.)
2. You mustn’t (= must not) tell this to anyone. It is a secret.
3. This food must not be eaten. It has gone bad.
4. Pupils must not run in the corridors. (note: here, ‘must’ expresses a school rule.)
Meaning 2: We use MUST to give emphasis to an opinion.
Examples: 1. I must admit, it was a frightening experience. (note: we use ' I must admit' before a surprising or negative comment.)
2. I must say, this food is delicious! (note: in this sentence, we would not say ‘I must admit, this food is delicious!’ because it would mean that we did not expect the food to be delicious. This would sound a little rude!)
3. I must admit, I didn’t like him much when I first met him.
4. I must say, you look really well! Have you been on holiday?
Meaning 3: We use MUST to emphasise that we think it is a good idea for someone to do something pleasant. It is a way of giving a recommendation.
Examples: 1. You must come and visit us while you are in London!
2. We must go and see that film – I have heard it is excellent!
Meaning 4: We use MUST to make an assumption or to reach a logical conclusion about something that is very likely to be true.
Examples: 1. You must be so tired after running that marathon! (note: this means ‘I assume that you are so tired.’)
2. My bicycle has disappeared – someone must have stolen it. (note: this means ‘I assume that someone has stolen it.’)
3. You must have been so cold when you were locked out of your house in the snow! (note: this means ‘I assume that you were so cold.’)
Note: In meaning 4, above, the opposite of MUST is CAN’T.
Examples: 1. He didn’t eat any lunch – he can’t have been hungry. (note: this means ‘ I assume that he was not hungry.’)
2. I don’t believe he is a thief – it can’t be true. (note: this means ‘I assume that it is not true.’)
.
MUST can also be used a NOUN
Meaning: We say something is A MUST if it is really necessary to have it.
Example: If you are visiting London, a good map is a must.
.
Now, try to write your own sentences using MUST, making sure that they are true to your own life as this will help you to remember them better!
Meaning 1: We use MUST when we want to say that it is necessary or very important that something happens in the present or future.
Examples: 1. I must work hard on my English! (note: this expresses an obligation that you place on yourself.)
2. You mustn’t (= must not) tell this to anyone. It is a secret.
3. This food must not be eaten. It has gone bad.
4. Pupils must not run in the corridors. (note: here, ‘must’ expresses a school rule.)
Meaning 2: We use MUST to give emphasis to an opinion.
Examples: 1. I must admit, it was a frightening experience. (note: we use ' I must admit' before a surprising or negative comment.)
2. I must say, this food is delicious! (note: in this sentence, we would not say ‘I must admit, this food is delicious!’ because it would mean that we did not expect the food to be delicious. This would sound a little rude!)
3. I must admit, I didn’t like him much when I first met him.
4. I must say, you look really well! Have you been on holiday?
Examples: 1. You must come and visit us while you are in London!
2. We must go and see that film – I have heard it is excellent!
Meaning 4: We use MUST to make an assumption or to reach a logical conclusion about something that is very likely to be true.
Examples: 1. You must be so tired after running that marathon! (note: this means ‘I assume that you are so tired.’)
2. My bicycle has disappeared – someone must have stolen it. (note: this means ‘I assume that someone has stolen it.’)
3. You must have been so cold when you were locked out of your house in the snow! (note: this means ‘I assume that you were so cold.’)
.
MUST can also be used a NOUN
Meaning: We say something is A MUST if it is really necessary to have it.
Example: If you are visiting London, a good map is a must.
========
The Lion & the Ass
One day as the Lion walked proudly down a forest aisle, and the animals respectfully made way for him, an Ass brayed a scornful remark as he passed.
The Lion felt a flash of anger. But when he turned his head and saw who had spoken, he walked quietly on. He would not honor the fool with even so much as a stroke of his claws.
Do not resent the remarks of a fool. Ignore them.
==========================================================
paf03.03.2018
Dear students,
Ne njesite frazeologjike te mesimit te gjuhes angleze, ju duhet te kini vere re dy shprehje te tilla si:
"Would you like ...?" apo " I'd like..." .
Po e parashtrojme kete mesim vetem per ata te cilet nuk e dine.
Ne pergjithesi ne gjuhen angleze ne perdorim shprehjen: "Would you like ..?" sa here kur duam te shprehim kuptimin;" Do you want....?"
Me nje fjale, ne qofte se ju, do te deshironi ti ofroni dikujt dicka, atehere do te ishte shume mire te perdornit shprehjen:' Would you like...?"
psh:" Would you like some coffee?"
"Would you like an orange?"
"What would you like?"
Gjithashtu ju mund te perdorni te njejten shprehje ne qofte se do te deshironit te ndertonit nje ftese per dike, s psh ne fjaline pyetese:" Would you like to go for a walk?"
Would you like to come for dinner?"
"What would you like to do this evening?"
I would like.., eshte nje forme te shprehuri gjuhesor me nje doze te larte miresjellje kur ne deshirojme te shprehim mendimin:" Une dua, deshiroj;" Forma e shkurter e kesaj shprehjeje eshte:"I'd..."
* I am thirsty. I would like a drink.
* I would like some information about Nehemia Gateway Unversity.
* I'd like to see your university.
Shpesh here ju mund te gjendeni para perdoimit te dy shprehjeve te tilla si:
"Would you like ...?" "I'd like..... apo "Do you like ...?" " I like...."
Ne qofte se fjalia gjendet si:" Would you like some tea?" Atehere kuptimi i saj do te jete = "Do you want some tea?"
Nese fjalia eshte :' Do you like tea?" atehere kuprtimi duhet te jete:=" Do you think tea is nice?"
"Would you like to go to the cinema tonight?"(= Do you want to go tonight?")
Ndersa fjalia:' Do you like going to the cinema?"= ( nje mendim ne pergjithsi; in general)
"I'd like an orange" = ( Can I have an orange?")
"I like oranges ( in general)
Ushtrim: Gjeni se cila nga zgjedhjet mundeshme eshte e sakte:
=============================paf 12.17.2017
Hi there,
Prej dites se sotme, kjo faqe do te jete juaja per tju referuar ne ndonje rast kur ju ta shikoni te arsyeshme edhe sidomos ne ate rast kur kini pak kohe. Materialet do te jene pergjithesisht ne ndihme te gjithseicilit. Por edhe ju nese kerkoni nje ndihme me specifike jeni te lutur te me kontaktoni, edhe une do te mundohem ti pergjigjem pyetjes suaj.
fm
Le te perpiqemi te perseritim bashke kohen e tashme.
Simple Present Tense
Format qe merr folja ne kohen e tashme( simple present ) jane vetem dy:
a) forma e foljes kuptimplote ( main verb ) ashtu sic ajo ekziston ne fjalor, dmth forma baze e saj
( base verb form );
b) forma e dyte eshte po ajo e para por kete radhe + mbaresen ( 's ); dmth forma qe merr folja baze ne simple present tense affirmative. Shpesh studenti harron te vendose kete mbarese te cilen folja e pranon ne veten e trete numuri njejes. Kjo ndodh edhe me student fillestare por edhe me studentet e perparuar. Prandaj krijoni mundesi ne kujtesen tuaj qe gjithmone kur behet fjale per veten e trete numuri njejes ne kohen e tashme ( he,she,it) mos harroni te perdorni mbaresen 's.
Me poshte po ju parashtroj disa probleme te cilat lidhen me drejtshkrimin e foljeve ne veten e trete ne numurin njejes ne Simple Present Tense.
* Shumica e foljeve te gjuhes angleze ne veten e trete numuri njejes thjesht marrin nje -s.
eg. I speak - he speaks
* Foljet te cilat mbarojne me tingujt; -ss, -sh, -ch, -x, ose me -o, ne veten e trete numuri njejes marrin mbaresen - es.
eg. I miss.- he misses.
I fish - he fishes
I match - he matches
I mix - he mixes
I go - he goes
* Foljet te cilat mbarojne me bashketingelloren -y, kur vijne ne veten e trete numuri njejes, e shndrojne ate ne - ies.
eg. I try- he tries
Por ne kete grup bejne perjashtim te gjitha ato folje te cilat para bashkentigellores fundore -y kane nje zanore te caktuar.
eg. I play - he plays.
Mbas ketyre rregullave drejtshkrimore eshte mire te njohim edhe disa rregulla te tjera te cilat lidhen me mundesine e perdorimit te simple present tense. Me nje fjale le te shtrojme pyetjen: Kur duhet te perdorim simple present tense ne gjuhen angleze?
Ka disa momente te cilat duhet ti mabni mire parasysh kur perdorini kete kohe:
a) Simple present tense perdoret sa here ju deshironi te shprehni veprime rutinore dmth ne gjuhen angleze ne do te shpreheshim: -( daily routines)
Example; Nehemia Gateway teachers take a lunch break at 1:30 in the afternoon.
b) veprime te perseritshme ( repeated actions )
Example: He goes to the English course every Thursday.
c) zakone ( habits )
eg They always take the bus to school.
d) orare; apo programe te caktuara te cilave ju dihet koha e zhvillimit te tyre; timetables, programmes, (future meanings )
eg. The airplane leaves at 9:45.
e) gjendje te perhershme; gjendje qe ndryshojne rralle;( permanent states )
eg. He teaches at Nehemia gateway University.
Nje numur shprehjesh kohore te cilat perdoren rendom me simple present tense ne anglisht jane keto:
every hour/day/week/month/summer/year/
every morning/evening etc.
Ndajfoljet e kohes ( Adverbs of Frequency ) jane ato te cilat na tregojne se sa shpesh ndodh nje veprim i caktuar.
always = 100%
usually = 75%
often = 50%
sometimes = 25 %
never = 0 %
Keto lloj ndajfoljesh pergjithesisht perdoren menjehere mbas foljeve kuptim plote dmth mbas (main verbs ) sqaruar si me siper.
Por kur perdoren me foljen to be ose me folje te tjera modale ato pelqejne te vendosen mbas ketyre foljeve.
eg. My friend is always late for everything.
They never go out on Wednesdays.
He has never been to Macedonia.
Shenim:
Pra, le ta quajme kete hapin e pare te perseritjes .Ky leksion duhet te konsiderohet i paplote ne qofte se nuk do te shoqerohet me sqarime te metejshme per kohen present continuous tense edhe pastaj me disa krahasime te mundeshme midis te dyja koheve.
=================================================
===============================
paf05.19.2017
Dear students,
I would like to suggest you continuing together a page on which we should present some grammar rules and try to avoid certain mistakes.
Hope you remember it. Following is a certain list of ten rules.
Sincerely
fm
11. Use the present progressive - am playing, is raining etc - to talk about things that are continuing at the time of speaking.
I’m playing very badly today. (NOT I play very badly today.)
Look! It's raining! (NOT Look! It rains!)
12. Use for with a period of time. Use since with the beginning of the period.
for the last two hours = since 9 o'clock
for three days = since Monday
for five years = since I left school
I’ve been learning English for five years. (NOT I’ve been learning English since three years.)
We’ve been waiting for ages, since eight o’clock.
13. Don't separate the verb from the object.
VERB OBJECT
She speaks English very well . (NOT She speaks very well English.)
Andy likes skiing very much. (NOT Andy likes very much skiing.)
14. Don't use the present perfect - have/has seen, have/has gone etc - with words that name a finished time.
I saw him yesterday. (NOT I have seen him yesterday.)
They went to Greece last summer. (NOT They have gone … last summer.)
15. English (the language) normally has no article.
You speak very good English. (NOT You speak a very good English.)
16. After look forward to, we use -ing, not an infinitive.
I look forward to seeing you. (NOT I look forward to see you.)
We’re looking forward to going on holiday. (NOT … to go on holiday.)
17. Information is an uncountable noun.
Can you give me some information? (NOT Can you give me an information?)
I got a lot of information from the Internet. (NOT I got a lot of informations from the Internet.)
18. Use -ing forms after prepositions.
I drove there without stopping. (NOT I drove there without to stop.)
Wash your hands before eating. (NOT Wash your hands before to eat.)
19. Use this, not that, for things that are close.
Come here and look at this paper. (NOT Come here and look at that paper.)
How long have you been in this country? (NOT How long have you been in that country?)
20. Use a plural noun after one and a half.
We waited one and a half hours. (NOT We waited one and a half hour.)
A mile is about one and a half kilometres. (NOT A mile is about one and a half kilometre.)
I would like to suggest you continuing together a page on which we should present some grammar rules and try to avoid certain mistakes.
Hope you remember it. Following is a certain list of ten rules.
Sincerely
fm
11. Use the present progressive - am playing, is raining etc - to talk about things that are continuing at the time of speaking.
I’m playing very badly today. (NOT
Look! It's raining! (NOT
12. Use for with a period of time. Use since with the beginning of the period.
for the last two hours = since 9 o'clock
for three days = since Monday
for five years = since I left school
I’ve been learning English for five years. (NOT
We’ve been waiting for ages, since eight o’clock.
13. Don't separate the verb from the object.
VERB | OBJECT | ||
She | speaks | English | very well . (NOT |
Andy | likes | skiing | very much. (NOT |
14. Don't use the present perfect - have/has seen, have/has gone etc - with words that name a finished time.
I saw him yesterday. (NOT
They went to Greece last summer. (NOT
15. English (the language) normally has no article.
You speak very good English. (NOT
16. After look forward to, we use -ing, not an infinitive.
I look forward to seeing you. (NOT
We’re looking forward to going on holiday. (NOT …
17. Information is an uncountable noun.
Can you give me some information? (NOT
I got a lot of information from the Internet. (NOT
18. Use -ing forms after prepositions.
I drove there without stopping. (NOT
Wash your hands before eating. (NOT
19. Use this, not that, for things that are close.
Come here and look at this paper. (NOT
How long have you been in this country? (NOT
20. Use a plural noun after one and a half.
We waited one and a half hours. (NOT
A mile is about one and a half kilometres. (NOT
==================================
paf1
3.04.2017
Students of Nehemia Gateway University,
Me qellim qe mesimi yne i fundit, te kete me teper qartesi, do te ishte mire qe seicili prej jush te perpiqej te kuptonte se cfare kuptimi kane ne gjuhen shqipe fjalet e meposhteme:
Active
Passive
Voice
Present
past
participle
Verb
form
Tense
Structure
act upon
subject
object
auxiliary
main verb
agent
introduce
appropriate form
contracted forms
place ( si folje ) = vendos
before
statement
impersonal
principal
use
correspond
Shumicen e ketyre fjaleve shpresoj se duhet ta njihni. Punoni per te njohur edhe te tjerat edhe keshtu do te jeni gati per te kuptuar edhe me mire se per cfare do te flasim ne ditet qe vijojne.
paf12.04.2017
Active and Passive Voice
Nje folje gjendet ne diatezen veprore kur ajo shpreh nje veprim I cili kryehet nga vete kryefjala.
Nje fojle gjendet ne diatezen pesore atehere kur ajo shpreh nje veprim I cili bie mbi kryefjalen e vet ose atehere kur kryefjala eshte rezultat I veprimit.
Gjykoni veprimet e meposhteme:
Lightening struck the Pope’s office. ( Subject acting) = Active Voice
Pope’s Office was stuck by lightening. ( subject acted upon ) = Passive Voice
Te gjitha foljet kalimtare ( folje kalimtare quhen ato folje te cilat marrin kundrinore) mund te perdoren ne diatezen pesore. Ndryshe nga diateza veprore kur veprimi realizohet prej kryefjales, ne diatezen pesore,
( Passive Voice) pergjithesisht kryefjala e peson veprimin ose e thene ndryshe veprimi bie mbi kryefjalen.
Le te perpiqemi te ndertojme bashke dy rregulla te thjeshte para se te japim edhe me shume shembuj.
1) Ne diatezen veprore ( Active Voice ), kryefjala e fjalise vepron, me nje fjale, kryen veprimin.
p.sh: The secretary writes all the e mails.
The women are knitting sweaters.
Shakespeare wrote famous comedies.
They are going to hire us.
2) Ne diatezen pesore ( Passive Voice ), kryefjala nuk ka me te njejtin funksion. Shikoni fjalite e meposhteme per te pare se si ka ndryshuar vendi I saj ne nje fjali.
p.sh:
All the e-mails are written by the secretary.
Sweaters are being knitted by the women.
Famous comedies were written by Shakespeare.
We are going to be hired.
3) Per te ndertuar diatezen pesore ne gjuhen angleze atehere duhet t e kemi parasysh edhe te njohim mire dy elemente te saj.
a) E para: folja to be
b) E dyta termi past participle.
Shpresoj qe te gjithe te jeni te informuar se c’eshte folja to be, si zgjedhohet ajo, cilat jane format qe ajo merr, e keshtu me radhe.
Megjithese jam I bindur se ju e njifni, perseri, po mundohem t'ju paraqes nje tabele te saj:
Principal parts of the verb Be.
Infinitive Past Past Participle Present Participle
Be was/were been being
Simple present Tense
Singular Plural
I am We are
You are You are
He is/She is/ It is They are
Present Continuous: I am being etc.
Simple Past
Singular Plural
I was We were
You were You were
He was/She was/ It was They were
Past Continuous: I was being etc.
Future Tense
(will + the infinitive)
Singular Plural
I will be We will be
You will be You will be
He wll be/She will be/ It will be They will be
Future Continuous: I will be being etc.
Present Perfect Tense
(have or has + the past participle)
Singular Plural
I have been We have been
You have been You have been
He has been/She has been/t has been They have been
Past Perfect Tense
(had + the past participle)
Singular Plural
I had been We had been
You had been You had been
He had been/She had been/It had been They had been
Future Perfect Tense
(will have + past Participle)
Singular Plural
I will have been We will have been
You will have been You will have been
He will have been/She will have been/
It will have been They will have been
Atehere, duke mos harruar se pergjithesish, cdo folje ne gjuhen angleze ka kater forma,seicili prej jush eshte mesuar se si te ndertoje kohet e ndryshme te pedorimit te foljeve.
Sot na intereson shume te kujtojme vetem foljen to be, se ajo ka nje rol te rendesishem ne ndertimin e diatezes pesore.
Me qellim qe pohimi yne te marre forme, do te na duhet te perdorim nje fome te foljes to be + plus nje folje ne past participle, per te percjelle kuptimin qe deshirojme edhe ne kete menyre mund te cojme nje folje ne diatezen pesore.
Me thjesht:
To be + past participle = Passive Voice.
Ky model (patern) perben vecse nisjen e procesit sepse kohet e foljes do te variojne vetem nga ndryshimi I kohes se foljes ndihmese to be.
Ne ate kohe qe do te perdorim foljen to be, po ne ate kohe do te jete edhe fjalia jone, vecse kete radhe e perdorur ne diatezen pesore me kuptimin te cilin u munduam ta sqarojme si me siper.
Le te marrim nje ushtrim te thjeshte;
Percaktoni se cilat fjali jane active edhe cilat jane passive:
1) Barbara cooks our meals.
2) Somebody helped the policeman.
3) The government will close our hospital in the near future.
4) This window was broken by a little boy.
5) The queen was photographed by my wife.
6) We spent too much money on our holidays.
7) Barbara is loved by James.
8) Her clothes are bought in Paris.
9) Nency was driving too fast and she was stopped by the police.
10) The new school will be opened by the Prime Minister.
_______________________________________________________
paf10.04.2017
Perseri ne diten e sotme do te ishte mire te lexonim fjalite e meposhteme per te kuptuar me tej se si ndertohet nje mendim ne Passive Voice. Ne fund te kesaj faqe, ju do te gjeni nje seri ushtrimesh te cilaat do te fillojne te qartesojne perdorimin e sakte te diatezes pesore.
fm
1) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive
2) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive/exercises
3) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive/exercises?simple-present
4) http://www.english-grammar-lessons.com/passive/exercise2.swf
5)http://www.englishgrammarsecrets.com/passive/exercise3.swf
Gjykoni veprimet e meposhteme:
Lightening struck the Pope’s office. ( Subject acting) = Active Voice
Te gjitha foljet kalimtare ( folje kalimtare quhen ato folje te cilat marrin kundrinore) mund te perdoren ne diatezen pesore. Ndryshe nga diateza veprore kur veprimi realizohet prej kryefjales, ne diatezen pesore,
( Passive Voice) pergjithesisht kryefjala e peson veprimin ose e thene ndryshe veprimi bie mbi kryefjalen.
Le te perpiqemi te ndertojme bashke dy rregulla te thjeshte para se te japim edhe me shume shembuj.
1) Ne diatezen veprore ( Active Voice ), kryefjala e fjalise vepron, me nje fjale, kryen veprimin.
p.sh: The secretary writes all the e mails.
a) E para: folja to be
Shpresoj qe te gjithe te jeni te informuar se c’eshte folja to be, si zgjedhohet ajo, cilat jane format qe ajo merr, e keshtu me radhe.
Principal parts of the verb Be.
Infinitive Past Past Participle Present Participle
Simple present Tense
Singular Plural
I am We are
Present Continuous: I am being etc.
Simple Past
Singular Plural
I was We were
Past Continuous: I was being etc.
Future Tense
Singular Plural
I will be We will be
Future Continuous: I will be being etc.
Present Perfect Tense
I have been We have been
Singular Plural
I had been We had been
I will have been We will have been
It will have been They will have been
Me thjesht:
Ky model (patern) perben vecse nisjen e procesit sepse kohet e foljes do te variojne vetem nga ndryshimi I kohes se foljes ndihmese to be.
Ne ate kohe qe do te perdorim foljen to be, po ne ate kohe do te jete edhe fjalia jone, vecse kete radhe e perdorur ne diatezen pesore me kuptimin te cilin u munduam ta sqarojme si me siper.
Percaktoni se cilat fjali jane active edhe cilat jane passive:
paf10.04.2017
Perseri ne diten e sotme do te ishte mire te lexonim fjalite e meposhteme per te kuptuar me tej se si ndertohet nje mendim ne Passive Voice. Ne fund te kesaj faqe, ju do te gjeni nje seri ushtrimesh te cilaat do te fillojne te qartesojne perdorimin e sakte te diatezes pesore.
fm
1) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive
2) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive/exercises 3) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive/exercises?simple-present 4) http://www.english-grammar-lessons.com/passive/exercise2.swf 5)http://www.englishgrammarsecrets.com/passive/exercise3.swf | ||||
================================================
paf03.11.2017
If you want to find the first five rules, just scroll down a little and the first rule will be there.
Enjoy reading and learning them.
fm
6. Don’t use a present tense after It’s time.
It’s time you went home. (NOT It’s time you go home.)
It’s time we invited Bill and Sonia. (NOT It’s time we invite Bill and Sonia.)
7. Use was/were born to give dates of birth.
I was born in 1975. (NOT I am born in 1975.)
Shakespeare was born in 1564.
8. Police is a plural noun.
The police are looking for him. (NOT The police is looking for him.)
I called the police, but they were too busy to come.
9. Don't use the to talk about things in general.
Books are expensive. (NOT The books are expensive.)
I love music. (NOT I love the music.)
10. Use had better, not have better.
I think you’d better see the doctor. (NOT I think you have better see the doctor.)
We’d better ask John to help us.
========================================================
paf10.03.2017
Read the following jokes and try to retell them at out next session.
fm
A teenage girl had been talking on the phone for about half an hour, and then she hung up.
"Wow!," said her father, "That was short. You usually talk for two hours. What happened?"
"Wrong number," replied the girl.
PUPIL: "Would you punish me for something I didn`t do?"
TEACHER:" Of course not."
PUPIL: "Good, because I haven`t done my homework."
A teacher asked a student to write 55.
Student asked: How?
Teacher: Write 5 and beside it another 5!
The student wrote 5 and stopped.
teacher: What are you waiting for?
student: I don't know which side to write the other 5!
When I want to teach the colours, I just ask my students to pretend the phone is ringing and they will answer:
Phone rings: "Green, green!"
They answer: "Yellow?"
They ask: "White?"
They hang up: "Pink!"
While teaching this use your hands pretending you are holding the phone.
Little Johnny: Teacher, can I go to the bathroom?
Teacher: Little Johnny, MAY I go to the bathroom?
Little Johnny: But I asked first!
Two goldfish in a bowl talking:
Goldfish 1: Do you believe in God?
Goldfish 2: Of course, I do! Who do you think changes the water?
Son: Dad, what is an idiot?
Dad: An idiot is a person who tries to explain his ideas in such a strange and long way that another person who is listening to him can't understand him. Do you understand me?
Son: No.
Man: I could go to the end of the world for you.
Woman: Yes, but would you stay there?
Man: I offer you myself.
Woman: I am sorry I never accept cheap gifts.
Man: I want to share everything with you.
Woman: Let's start from your bank account.
Teacher: Why are you late?
Student: There was a man who lost a hundred dollar bill.
Teacher: That's nice. Were you helping him look for it?
Student: No. I was standing on it.
===========================================================
=================================================================
paf27.11.2016
Starting from this evening and on, up to the end of May 2017, you are going to find certain rules which will be a real help to every one,on the way of studying English to the best of your abilities.
fm
GOLDEN GRAMMAR RULES
By Michael Swan
1. Don’t use an with own.
Sue needs her own room. (NOT Sue needs an own room.)
I’d like a phone line of my own. (NOT … an own phone line.)
2. Use, or rather, to correct yourself.
She’s German – or rather, Austrian. (NOT She’s German – or better, Austrian.)
I’ll see you on Friday – or rather, Saturday.
3. Use the simple present – play(s), rain(s) etc – to talk about habits and repeated actions.
I play tennis every Saturday. (NOT I am playing tennis every Saturday.)
It usually rains a lot in November.
4. Use will …, not the present, for offers and promises.
I’ll cook you supper this evening. (NOT I cook you supper this evening.)
I promise I’ll phone you tomorrow. (NOT I promise I phone you tomorrow.)
5. Don’t drop prepositions with passive verbs.
I don’t like to be shouted at. (NOT I don’t like to be shouted.)
This needs to be thought about some more. (NOT This needs to be thought some more.)
============================================================
paf26.11.2016
Hi there,
Please read this booklet and enjoy it.
fm
======================================================
http://www.storyjumper.com/book/index/14135792/The-Old-Man-and-the-Sea#page/1
===================================================================
paf14.05.2016
Give your answers to the following the exercises.
fm
Verb forms and their
names
1.
What is another name for progressive?
-conditional
-Perfect
-Continuous
-infinitive
2. Which of these are
not the names of English verb forms?
-simple past
-present progressive
-future prefect
-perfect present
-Simple progressive
-past perfect
-Future past
3. Choose the correct name from the box for each verb form.
You won’t need to use all of them.
Simple future, future progressive, future perfect, future
perfect progressive, present perfect, present progressive, simple present.
1.
Is singing
2.
Will have
explained
3.
Will arrive
4.
Works
5.
Will be playing
6.
Will have been studying
4. Choose the correct name from the box for each verb form.
you won’t need to use all of them.
past perfect, past perfect progressive, past progressive,
present perfect, present perfect progressive, simple past, simple present.
1.
Was talking
2.
Had telephoned
3.
Stopped
4.
Has seen
5.
Had been waiting
6.
Has been waiting
5. Are these verb forms active,
passive P, or wrong W?
1. was invited
2. was starting
3.Were sent
4.Were been talking
5.Has given
6.Is being written
7. has been working
8.Will been studying
9.Had writing
10. will be asked
11.will be working
6. Choose the correct name from the box for each passive
verb form. you won’t need to use all of them.
Future progressive, infinitive,
past perfect, past progressive, present perfect, present perfect progressive,
present progressive, simple past simple progressive.
1.
Had been expected
2.
To be heard
3.
Was being cleaned
4.
Is being watched
5.
Has been told
6.
Was sold
7.Are these forms normal N, unusual U, or wrong U?
1. how long has this work been being done?
2. she will be being interviewed tomorrow morning.
8. In the text, find one modal verb, one infinitive, one
passive verb and one third- person singular verb.
I can’t see my brother as often as I want. His wife hates me
for some reason, so I am only invited to their house once a year at Christmas.
1.
Modal verb
2.
Infinitive
3.
Passive verb
4.
Third-person singular form
9. In the text, find two auxiliary verbs, one past
participle and one prepositional verb.
What have you done with that book that I was looking at when
you arrived?
1.
Auxiliary verbs
2.
Past participle
3.
Prepositional verb
Present and future verbs
1.
Write the third person singular forms of these
verbs, e.g.
-Work- works
-stay-
-Reply-
-push-
-complete-
-hurry-
-Pull-
-catch-
-enjoy-
-examine-
2. Are these spellings right R or Wrong W? Correct the ones
that are wrong.
1. I’m sitting at the back of the train.
2. He’s travelling this week.
3. is this train stopping in Birmingham?
4. she’s showing the new design to her manager.
5. I’m hopping she’ll arrive on time.
6. My sister is always beating me at tennis.
7. it’s beginning to rain.
8. We’re developing a new product.
3. Say the words aloud. One word in each list has a
different vowel sound. Which word?
- stays, pays, says, rains
-does, goes, knows, throws
4. Which of these present tense forms is/are correctly used?
-What are frogs
usually eating?
- The kettle boils. Please take it off the stove
-Water boils at
100°celcius
-I’m playing tennis
every Wednesday
-Alice works for
an instance company.
-Look-it snows!
5. Which of these
sentences is/are possible?
- Fred works as a
waiter.
-Fred is working
as a waiter.
Choose the best reply: A or B.
Why do you work so hard?
1.
Because I’m only happy when I’m busy.
2.
Because I have to finish my report by the end of
this week.
Which of these sentences is/are possible?
My dishwasher doesn’t work.
-My dishwater isn’t working.
My dishwater won’t start.
7.
Right or wrong?
-I’m liking this wine very much.
-Of course I’m believing you.
-I’m knowing her very well.
9. Which of these answers is/are
possible: A, B or both.
Excuse me. How do I get to the
station?
-
You go
straight ahead on the traffic lights, then you
turn left.
-
You’re
going straight on the traffic lights, then you’re turning left.
10. A TV chef is describing a
recipe as she’s cooking it. Which sentence(s) is/are possible: A, B or both?
-
First I take a bowl and break two eggs into it.
-
First I’m taking a bowl and I’m breaking two
eggs into it.
11. Is this exchange right or
wrong? If it’s wrong, correct it.
How long do you know her?
I know
her since 1980.
12. Which is the correct reply: A,
B, C?
Remember to phone me when you arrive.
================================================
paf03.11.2017
If you want to find the first five rules, just scroll down a little and the first rule will be there.
Enjoy reading and learning them.
fm
TEACHER:" Of course not."
PUPIL: "Good, because I haven`t done my homework."
Student asked: How?
Teacher: Write 5 and beside it another 5!
The student wrote 5 and stopped.
teacher: What are you waiting for?
student: I don't know which side to write the other 5!
They answer: "Yellow?"
They ask: "White?"
They hang up: "Pink!"
Teacher: Little Johnny, MAY I go to the bathroom?
Little Johnny: But I asked first!
Goldfish 1: Do you believe in God?
Goldfish 2: Of course, I do! Who do you think changes the water?
Dad: An idiot is a person who tries to explain his ideas in such a strange and long way that another person who is listening to him can't understand him. Do you understand me?
Son: No.
Woman: Yes, but would you stay there?
Woman: I am sorry I never accept cheap gifts.
Woman: Let's start from your bank account.
Student: There was a man who lost a hundred dollar bill.
Teacher: That's nice. Were you helping him look for it?
Student: No. I was standing on it.
=================================================================
paf27.11.2016
5. Don’t drop prepositions with passive verbs.
- Yes, I do.
=========================================================
paf12.05.2016
I have some new exercises available about MIGHT.
It might be a good idea to do them.
================================
paf19.12.2015
======================
Exercise A: Zero conditional
Choose the best answer to complete the sentence and describe the picture using a zero conditional.
1.
When the phone rings,
a) please answer it.
b) I answer it.
c) Ellen is going to answer it.
2.
When we take long car trips,
a) the kids sometimes fight.
b) I will drive.
c) Dad would drive.
3.
New trees grow
a) if we would plant them.
b) when we had planted them.
c) when we plant them.
4.
Milton watches half an hour of television
a) if he had time.
b) when he gets home from work.
c) when the show will start.
5.
Every time Jeff delivers letters to this house,
a) the dog chases him.
b) the dog will chase him.
c) the dog has chased him.
6.
You get a sunburn
a) if you stayed in the sun too long.
b) if you hadn't worn a hat.
c) if you don't use sunblock.
7.
Ted feels nervous
a) when he drinks too much coffee.
b) if he drank too much coffee.
c) when he would have drunk too much coffee.
8.
When it rains,
a) you will use an umbrella.
b) you get wet.
c) you will have run.
9.
Pamela feels most happy
a) when she is in good physical shape.
b) if he had run in the morning.
c) when she will run.
10.
When Grandma bakes,
a) she will give us some cake.
b) she would use all the eggs.
c) she sings and feels happy.
b) I answer it.
c) Ellen is going to answer it.
b) I will drive.
c) Dad would drive.
b) when we had planted them.
c) when we plant them.
b) when he gets home from work.
c) when the show will start.
b) the dog will chase him.
c) the dog has chased him.
b) if you hadn't worn a hat.
c) if you don't use sunblock.
b) if he drank too much coffee.
c) when he would have drunk too much coffee.
b) you get wet.
c) you will have run.
b) if he had run in the morning.
c) when she will run.
b) she would use all the eggs.
c) she sings and feels happy.
Exercise B: First conditional
Match the correct sentence beginnings from the list below with the sentences below the pictures.
a) You will be an excellent dancer
b) When my family gets home
c) Breakfast will be ready
d) By the time you walk down the aisle
e) When Cindy sees how much work she has
f) When everyone sees my beautiful new bow tie
g) I will help Edna put the groceries away
h) If you continue to practice and train hard
i) The rooster will start to crow
j) When John sees the closet
1.
________, she will feel like she will never finish it!
2.
________ by the time you finish your shower and get dressed.
3.
_________ when she gets back from the store.
4.
_________ when the sun comes up in the morning.
5.
________ after you take dance lessons with Ms. Pointer.
6.
________, they will all say how elegant it is.
7.
________, they will be surprised by this excellent dinner!
8.
________, your dress will look perfect.
9.
________, he will be so happy to see that I organized it.
10.
________, you will do a great job in the race.
b) When my family gets home
c) Breakfast will be ready
d) By the time you walk down the aisle
e) When Cindy sees how much work she has
f) When everyone sees my beautiful new bow tie
g) I will help Edna put the groceries away
h) If you continue to practice and train hard
i) The rooster will start to crow
j) When John sees the closet
Exercise C: Zero conditional or first conditional?
Below each picture and sentence, write whether it is a zero conditional or a first conditional.
1.
If Leo continues to learn about computers, he will be a good programmer.
This is the: _____________.
2.
Whenever the teacher explains math problems, she is very clear.
This is the: _____________.
3.
Pete likes to take a short nap when he gets home from work.
This is the: _____________.
4.
Brad always feels a little sad when it snows for the first time.
This is the: _____________.
5.
Karen will write a wonderful novel if she keeps working hard.
This is the: _____________.
6.
If Kevin eats all that ice cream, he will feel very sick!
This is the: _____________.
7.
Nate feels frustrated when he cannot think of new ideas.
This is the: _____________.
8.
If the waiter gives Henry any more options, he will never be able to choose what he wants for dinner!
This is the: _____________.
9.
When Dr. Rodriguez speaks to her patients, she answers all their questions.
This is the: _____________.
10.
If Phil takes good care of his braces, he will have beautiful teeth soon.
This is the: __
========================================
paf27.11.2015
Read the following joke. Try to retell it.
fm
A lawyer went duck hunting for the first time in Texas. He shot and dropped a bird, but it fell into a farmer's field on the other side of the fence. As the lawyer climbed over the fence, an elderly farmer drove up on his tractor and asked him what he was doing.
The litigator responded, "I shot a duck, it fell into this field, and now I'm going to retrieve it."
The old farmer replied, "This is my property and you are not coming over here."
The indignant lawyer said, "I am one of the best trial attorneys in the U.S. and if you don't let me get that duck, I'll sue you and take everything you own."
The old farmer smiled and said, "Apparently, you don't know how we do things in Texas. We settle small disagreements like this with the Texas Three-Kick Rule."
The lawyer asked, "What is the Texas Three-Kick Rule?"
The Farmer replied, "Well, first I kick you three times and then you kick me three times, and so on, back and forth, until someone gives up." The attorney quickly thought about the proposed contest and decided that he could easily take the old codger. He agreed to abide by the local custom.
The old farmer slowly climbed down from the tractor and walked up to the city feller. His first kick planted the toe of his heavy work boot into the lawyer's groin and dropped him to his knees. His second kick nearly wiped the man's nose off his face. The barrister was flat on his belly when the farmer's third kick to a kidney nearly caused him to give up.
The lawyer summoned every bit of his will and managed to get to his feet and said, "Okay, you old coot! Now, it's my turn!"
The old farmer smiled and said, "No, I give up. You can have the duck."
===========================================
Paf13.11.2015
========================================
The litigator responded, "I shot a duck, it fell into this field, and now I'm going to retrieve it."
The old farmer replied, "This is my property and you are not coming over here."
The indignant lawyer said, "I am one of the best trial attorneys in the U.S. and if you don't let me get that duck, I'll sue you and take everything you own."
The old farmer smiled and said, "Apparently, you don't know how we do things in Texas. We settle small disagreements like this with the Texas Three-Kick Rule."
The lawyer asked, "What is the Texas Three-Kick Rule?"
The Farmer replied, "Well, first I kick you three times and then you kick me three times, and so on, back and forth, until someone gives up." The attorney quickly thought about the proposed contest and decided that he could easily take the old codger. He agreed to abide by the local custom.
The old farmer slowly climbed down from the tractor and walked up to the city feller. His first kick planted the toe of his heavy work boot into the lawyer's groin and dropped him to his knees. His second kick nearly wiped the man's nose off his face. The barrister was flat on his belly when the farmer's third kick to a kidney nearly caused him to give up.
The lawyer summoned every bit of his will and managed to get to his feet and said, "Okay, you old coot! Now, it's my turn!"
The old farmer smiled and said, "No, I give up. You can have the duck."
===========================================
Paf13.11.2015
Active and Passive Voice
Nje folje gjendet ne diatezen veprore kur ajo shpreh nje veprim I cili kryehet nga vete kryefjala.
Nje fojle gjendet ne diatezen pesore atehere kur ajo shpreh nje veprim I cili bie mbi kryefjalen e vet ose atehere kur kryefjala eshte rezultat I veprimit.
Gjykoni veprimet e meposhteme:
Lightening struck the Pope’s office. ( Subject acting) = Active Voice
Pope’s Office was stuck by lightening. ( subject acted upon ) = Passive Voice
Te gjitha foljet kalimtare ( folje kalimtare quhen ato folje te cilat marrin kundrinore) mund te perdoren ne diatezen pesore. Ndryshe nga diateza veprore kur veprimi realizohet prej kryefjales, ne diatezen pesore,
( Passive Voice) pergjithesisht kryefjala e peson veprimin ose e thene ndryshe veprimi bie mbi kryefjalen.
Le te perpiqemi te ndertojme bashke dy rregulla te thjeshte para se te japim edhe me shume shembuj.
1) Ne diatezen veprore ( Active Voice ), kryefjala e fjalise vepron, me nje fjale, kryen veprimin.
p.sh: The secretary writes all the e mails.
The women are knitting sweaters.
Shakespeare wrote famous comedies.
They are going to hire us.
2) Ne diatezen pesore ( Passive Voice ), kryefjala nuk ka me te njejtin funksion. Shikoni fjalite e meposhteme per te pare se si ka ndryshuar vendi I saj ne nje fjali.
p.sh:
All the e-mails are written by the secretary.
Sweaters are being knitted by the women.
Famous comedies were written by Shakespeare.
We are going to be hired.
3) Per te ndertuar diatezen pesore ne gjuhen angleze atehere duhet t e kemi parasysh edhe te njohim mire dy elemente te saj.
a) E para: folja to be
b) E dyta termi past participle.
Shpresoj qe te gjithe te jeni te informuar se c’eshte folja to be, si zgjedhohet ajo, cilat jane format qe ajo merr, e keshtu me radhe.
Megjithese jam I bindur se ju e njifni, perseri, po mundohem t'ju paraqes nje tabele te saj:
Principal parts of the verb Be.
Infinitive Past Past Participle Present Participle
Be was/were been being
Simple present Tense
Singular Plural
I am We are
You are You are
He is/She is/ It is They are
Present Continuous: I am being etc.
Simple Past
Singular Plural
I was We were
You were You were
He was/She was/ It was They were
Past Continuous: I was being etc.
Future Tense
(will + the infinitive)
Singular Plural
I will be We will be
You will be You will be
He wll be/She will be/ It will be They will be
Future Continuous: I will be being etc.
Present Perfect Tense
(have or has + the past participle)
Singular Plural
I have been We have been
You have been You have been
He has been/She has been/t has been They have been
Past Perfect Tense
(had + the past participle)
Singular Plural
I had been We had been
You had been You had been
He had been/She had been/It had been They had been
Future Perfect Tense
(will have + past Participle)
Singular Plural
I will have been We will have been
You will have been You will have been
He will have been/She will have been/
It will have been They will have been
Atehere, duke mos harruar se pergjithesish, cdo folje ne gjuhen angleze ka kater forma,seicili prej jush eshte mesuar se si te ndertoje kohet e ndryshme te pedorimit te foljeve.
Sot na intereson shume te kujtojme vetem foljen to be, se ajo ka nje rol te rendesishem ne ndertimin e diatezes pesore.
Me qellim qe pohimi yne te marre forme, do te na duhet te perdorim nje fome te foljes to be + plus nje folje ne past participle, per te percjelle kuptimin qe deshirojme edhe ne kete menyre mund te cojme nje folje ne diatezen pesore.
Me thjesht:
To be + past participle = Passive Voice.
Ky model (patern) perben vecse nisjen e procesit sepse kohet e foljes do te variojne vetem nga ndryshimi I kohes se foljes ndihmese to be.
Ne ate kohe qe do te perdorim foljen to be, po ne ate kohe do te jete edhe fjalia jone, vecse kete radhe e perdorur ne diatezen pesore me kuptimin te cilin u munduam ta sqarojme si me siper.
Le te marrim nje ushtrim te thjeshte;
Percaktoni se cilat fjali jane active edhe cilat jane passive:
1) Barbara cooks our meals.
2) Somebody helped the policeman.
3) The government will close our hospital in the near future.
4) This window was broken by a little boy.
5) The queen was photographed by my wife.
6) We spent too much money on our holidays.
7) Barbara is loved by James.
8) Her clothes are bought in Paris.
9) Nency was driving too fast and she was stopped by the police.
10) The new school will be opened by the Prime Minister.
_______________________________________________________
2) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive/exercises
3) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive/exercises?simple-present
4) http://www.english-grammar-lessons.com/passive/exercise2.swf
5)http://www.englishgrammarsecrets.com/passive/exercise3.swf
Gjykoni veprimet e meposhteme:
Lightening struck the Pope’s office. ( Subject acting) = Active Voice
Te gjitha foljet kalimtare ( folje kalimtare quhen ato folje te cilat marrin kundrinore) mund te perdoren ne diatezen pesore. Ndryshe nga diateza veprore kur veprimi realizohet prej kryefjales, ne diatezen pesore,
( Passive Voice) pergjithesisht kryefjala e peson veprimin ose e thene ndryshe veprimi bie mbi kryefjalen.
Le te perpiqemi te ndertojme bashke dy rregulla te thjeshte para se te japim edhe me shume shembuj.
1) Ne diatezen veprore ( Active Voice ), kryefjala e fjalise vepron, me nje fjale, kryen veprimin.
p.sh: The secretary writes all the e mails.
a) E para: folja to be
Shpresoj qe te gjithe te jeni te informuar se c’eshte folja to be, si zgjedhohet ajo, cilat jane format qe ajo merr, e keshtu me radhe.
Principal parts of the verb Be.
Infinitive Past Past Participle Present Participle
Simple present Tense
Singular Plural
I am We are
Present Continuous: I am being etc.
Simple Past
Singular Plural
I was We were
Past Continuous: I was being etc.
Future Tense
Singular Plural
I will be We will be
Future Continuous: I will be being etc.
Present Perfect Tense
I have been We have been
Singular Plural
I had been We had been
I will have been We will have been
It will have been They will have been
Me thjesht:
Ky model (patern) perben vecse nisjen e procesit sepse kohet e foljes do te variojne vetem nga ndryshimi I kohes se foljes ndihmese to be.
Ne ate kohe qe do te perdorim foljen to be, po ne ate kohe do te jete edhe fjalia jone, vecse kete radhe e perdorur ne diatezen pesore me kuptimin te cilin u munduam ta sqarojme si me siper.
Percaktoni se cilat fjali jane active edhe cilat jane passive:
3) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive/exercises?simple-present
4) http://www.english-grammar-lessons.com/passive/exercise2.swf
5)http://www.englishgrammarsecrets.com/passive/exercise3.swf
===========================================
paf11.11.2015
Adresen e meposhteme do ta ndiqni me shume vemendje. Kapni ato tema te cilat ju duken me shume interes per veten tuaj.
Ruajeni kete faqe ne arkiven tuaj edhe drejtojuni here pas here per shume probleme qe mund te hasni me perdorimin e koheve ne gjuhen angleze.
fm
http://englishallyear.com/grammar20/menu.php
====================================
paf04.11.2015
Lexoni me kujdes materialin e meposhtem. Ne perfundim zgjidhni edhe ushtrimin e ofruar.
Nese kini pytje i diskutojme bashke ne oren qe vijon.
fm
Participle Adjectives – are they Interested or Interesting?
It is such a common mistake – and I hear it even from advanced learners! I’m talking about the confusion between present and past participle adjectives. For example, Interested and Interesting, Bored and Boring, Excited and Exciting.
But first – quick grammar check…. Do you know what a participle is?
It’s simple: all verbs have a present participle (verb + -ING) and a past participle, which in regular verbs is always VERB + -ED.
So, how can you use participle as adjectives? Let’s take a look:
1. This book is interesting.
2. I am interested in this book.
In sentence 1 the present participle INTERESTING describes the book.
In sentence 2, the past participle INTERESTED describes how I feel about the book.
So, the rule is this:
The Present participle (- ING) describes a person or thing
The past participle (- ED) describes how you feel about a person or thing.
This is an easy rule to remember, so if you learn it, your English will immediately get much better.
Why is this? Because we can make participle adjectives out of so many verbs. Also, spoken and written English exams (such as IELTS, Cambridge First Certificate, Cambridge Proficiency and so on) ask you to say how you feel about things. So if you get these participle adjectives mixed up, you will lose marks in exams and people will misunderstand you when you speak.
**Always remember to learn the correct preposition, for example INTERESTED IN, WORRIED ABOUT, BORED WITH and so on.**
If you really want to impress your examiner, make sure you use different ways of expressing the same thing. So in addition to sentences 1 and 2 above, you can also express the same ideas like this:
3. This book interests me. (note: the passive form of this is “I am interested in this book.”)
4. I find this book interesting. (note: this means “I think that this book is interesting.”)
Here are some more examples of participle adjectives, showing their correct preposition:
Verb
Present participle
Past participle
excite
exciting
excited about
relax
relaxing
relaxed about
frighten
frightening
frightened of
bore
boring
bored with
worry
worrying
worried about
NOW, QUIZ TIME
It’s time to check your understanding! Choose the right form in the sentences below. The answers are at the bottom of this blog page:
1. The film was very __________ . (frightened/frightening)
2. He was so __________ after his holiday . (relaxed/relaxing)
3. Your new job sounds __________ - I guess you are very __________ about it. (excited/exciting)
4. These instructions are really __________ . I’m so __________. Can you help me please? (confused / confusing)
5. I’m __________. I find this museum very __________ . I can’t stop yawning! (bored/boring)
6. He is extremely __________ about this political situation. He finds it __________. (worried/worrying)
The answers to this quiz are at the bottom of this page.
Now write your own sentences using participle adjectives. Make sure they are true to your own life as this will help you to remember them better.
=====================================================
paf29.05.2015
===========================================
====================================
paf04.11.2015
So, how can you use participle as adjectives? Let’s take a look:
In sentence 2, the past participle INTERESTED describes how I feel about the book.
The past participle (- ED) describes how you feel about a person or thing.
This is an easy rule to remember, so if you learn it, your English will immediately get much better.
Verb
|
Present participle
|
Past participle
|
excite
|
exciting
|
excited about
|
relax
|
relaxing
|
relaxed about
|
frighten
|
frightening
|
frightened of
|
bore
|
boring
|
bored with
|
worry
|
worrying
|
worried about
|
NOW, QUIZ TIME
It’s time to check your understanding! Choose the right form in the sentences below. The answers are at the bottom of this blog page:
=====================================================
paf29.05.2015
Hello there,
Just a few lines to read for your pleasure...
Little Billy wanted $100 badly and prayed for two weeks but nothing happened.
Then he decided to write God a letter requesting the $100. When the postal authorities received the letter addressed to God, USA, they decided to send it to President Bush.
The President was so impressed, touched, and amused that he instructed his secretary to send Billy a $5.00 bill.
President Bush thought this would appear to be a lot of money to a little boy.
Billy was delighted with the $5.00 and sat down to write a thank you note to God, which read:
Dear God,
Thank you very much for sending the money, however, I noticed that for some reason you had to send it through Washington D.C. and, as usual, those crooks deducted $95.00.
Thanks,
Then he decided to write God a letter requesting the $100. When the postal authorities received the letter addressed to God, USA, they decided to send it to President Bush.
The President was so impressed, touched, and amused that he instructed his secretary to send Billy a $5.00 bill.
President Bush thought this would appear to be a lot of money to a little boy.
Billy was delighted with the $5.00 and sat down to write a thank you note to God, which read:
Dear God,
Thank you very much for sending the money, however, I noticed that for some reason you had to send it through Washington D.C. and, as usual, those crooks deducted $95.00.
Thanks,
=============================================================
paf22.05.2016
Today we have some listening exercises concerning the WOULD conditional.
==========================================================
paf1205.2015
How to use MUST
MUST is a modal verb – in other words, it helps give meaning to other verbs. Let’s look at all its meanings here, so you can avoid misunderstandings!
Meaning 1: We use MUST when we want to say that it is necessary or very important that something happens in the present or future.
Examples: 1. I must work hard on my English! (note: this expresses an obligation that you place on yourself.)
2. You mustn’t (= must not) tell this to anyone. It is a secret.
3. This food must not be eaten. It has gone bad.
4. Pupils must not run in the corridors. (note: here, ‘must’ expresses a school rule.)
Meaning 2: We use MUST to give emphasis to an opinion.
Examples: 1. I must admit, it was a frightening experience. (note: we use ' I must admit' before a surprising or negative comment.)
2. I must say, this food is delicious! (note: in this sentence, we would not say ‘I must admit, this food is delicious!’ because it would mean that we did not expect the food to be delicious. This would sound a little rude!)
3. I must admit, I didn’t like him much when I first met him.
4. I must say, you look really well! Have you been on holiday?
Meaning 3: We use MUST to emphasise that we think it is a good idea for someone to do something pleasant. It is a way of giving a recommendation.
Examples: 1. You must come and visit us while you are in London!
2. We must go and see that film – I have heard it is excellent!
Meaning 4: We use MUST to make an assumption or to reach a logical conclusion about something that is very likely to be true.
Examples: 1. You must be so tired after running that marathon! (note: this means ‘I assume that you are so tired.’)
2. My bicycle has disappeared – someone must have stolen it. (note: this means ‘I assume that someone has stolen it.’)
3. You must have been so cold when you were locked out of your house in the snow! (note: this means ‘I assume that you were so cold.’)
Note: In meaning 4, above, the opposite of MUST is CAN’T.
Examples: 1. He didn’t eat any lunch – he can’t have been hungry. (note: this means ‘ I assume that he was not hungry.’)
2. I don’t believe he is a thief – it can’t be true. (note: this means ‘I assume that it is not true.’)
.
MUST can also be used a NOUN
Meaning: We say something is A MUST if it is really necessary to have it.
Example: If you are visiting London, a good map is a must.
.
Now, try to write your own sentences using MUST, making sure that they are true to your own life as this will help you to remember them better!
Meaning 1: We use MUST when we want to say that it is necessary or very important that something happens in the present or future.
Examples: 1. I must work hard on my English! (note: this expresses an obligation that you place on yourself.)
2. You mustn’t (= must not) tell this to anyone. It is a secret.
3. This food must not be eaten. It has gone bad.
4. Pupils must not run in the corridors. (note: here, ‘must’ expresses a school rule.)
Meaning 2: We use MUST to give emphasis to an opinion.
Examples: 1. I must admit, it was a frightening experience. (note: we use ' I must admit' before a surprising or negative comment.)
2. I must say, this food is delicious! (note: in this sentence, we would not say ‘I must admit, this food is delicious!’ because it would mean that we did not expect the food to be delicious. This would sound a little rude!)
3. I must admit, I didn’t like him much when I first met him.
4. I must say, you look really well! Have you been on holiday?
Examples: 1. You must come and visit us while you are in London!
2. We must go and see that film – I have heard it is excellent!
Meaning 4: We use MUST to make an assumption or to reach a logical conclusion about something that is very likely to be true.
Examples: 1. You must be so tired after running that marathon! (note: this means ‘I assume that you are so tired.’)
2. My bicycle has disappeared – someone must have stolen it. (note: this means ‘I assume that someone has stolen it.’)
3. You must have been so cold when you were locked out of your house in the snow! (note: this means ‘I assume that you were so cold.’)
.
MUST can also be used a NOUN
Meaning: We say something is A MUST if it is really necessary to have it.
Example: If you are visiting London, a good map is a must.
=============================================
paf26.04.2015
Hello again.
I have some more multi-word verbs for you today. You can find the exercises here
==========================================================
paf03.04.2015
Per te bere dallimet midis ketyre dy foljeve edhe perdorimeve te tyre shikoni me kujdes mesimin e meposhtem.
fm
REMEMBER AND FORGET
These two verbs have different meanings depending on whether they are followed by a GERUND or an INFINITIVE. Even very advanced English learners sometimes make mistakes with these verbs!
Take a look at these examples with the verb FORGET:
1. I forgot posting the birthday card to my mother so I was surprised when she called me to say thank you.
2. I forgot to post the birthday card to my mother so I apologised on the telephone when I called to wish her Happy Birthday.
In sentence 1, with FORGOT + GERUND, the actions happened in this order: First, I posted the birthday card but then second, I forgot that I had done it. So my mother received the card because I had posted it.
In sentence 2, with FORGOT + INFINITIVE the actions happened in this order: First, I forgot and second, I did not post the birthday card. So mother did not receive it on her birthday.
The verb REMEMBER has the same grammar, as you can see here:
3. I remember telling him about the meeting, so I am surprised that he did not attend.
4. I’m glad I remembered to tell him about the meeting because it was important for him to attend.
In sentence 3, with REMEMBER + GERUND, it happened in this order: First, I told him about the meeting and then second, I remembered that I had done it.
In sentence 4, with REMEMBER + INFINITIVE, the order was as follows: First I remembered and second, I told him about the meeting.
So this is the grammar rule:
REMEMBER/FORGET + GERUND means THE GERUND ACTION HAPPENS FIRST.
REMEMBER/FORGET + INFINITIVE means THE INFINTIVE ACTION HAPPENS SECOND.
Now let’s check your understanding of this grammar point. Can you decide which form of the verb in brackets (…) goes in each of these sentences?
5. I forgot (lock) the front door of my house, so it was easy for the burglars to enter.
6. Did you remember (turn off) the lights when you left the house this morning?
7. I forget (meet) him at your party so you will have to introduce us again.
8. I remember (play) in the garden a lot when I was a child.
============================================================
paf13.03.2015
Read the following story and be prepared to retell it.
fm
Haym Salomon
and the Power of
Generosity
ONE OF THE GREAT HEROES of the American Revolution never fired a shot and never led soldiers into battle.Yet without his help, America might not have gained its independence. Our nation's history would have been quite different.
Born in Poland, this generous man's name was Haym Salomon. His parents taught him to value education, to be proud of his Jewish heritage,and to love his country. Haym Salomon traveled through Europe when he was a young man. During his travels he learned several languages and met many people. He returned home with valuable experience,new ideas, and a desire to help his country.
At that time,Poland was under the control of Russia,its powerful neighbor. Haym Salomon joined a group pf Polish patriots who wanted to make Poland truly independent.But when the Russians crushed the independence movement,Salomon had to flee Poland for his life.He came to New York City where he became a merchant. His business abilities, his understanding of people, and his knowledge of many languages helped him to succeed.
He became an important financier, supplying money to help start new business and make old business grow. He was so good at his job that he soon became wealthy.
But Haym Salomon could see that the spirit of independence was alive in the America colonies, just as it had been alive in Poland. So he joined the Sons of Liberty and became a supporter of America independence.
When the American Revolution broke out, Salomon continued to work for the patriotic cause even though the British occupied New York City. He supplied information to the patriots and helped captured American soldiers to escape from the city. When the British learned of his activities, he was arrested and thrown in prison.
After a time the British released him from prison and put him to work as a translator for a Hessian general. The Hessians were hired soldiers from Germany who were fighting for the British. Salomon used his new job to encourage many Hessian soldiers to resign from the army or to join the patriots.
Haym Salomon was again arrested. This time he was condemned to death. But he was able to bribe his jailer and escape to Philadelphia. He offered his services to the Continental Congress, but they were not accepted. Salmon was not discouraged. He went into business again. In a short time he was one of the busiest financiers in Philadelphia. The French government selected him to handle all its financial affairs with the United States. For his generous services, Salomon charged nothing. That was his way of helping the patriotic cause.
Many times during the Revolution, the Continental Congress found itself in need of money. Haym Salomon was always ready to help. His generosity knew no limits. He lent the government large sums of money. He paid to equip many patriotic soldiers and made personal loans to officials so they could continue to work in the government. He lent money to Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, and others, at no profit to himself. He also helped feed the poor of Philadelphia during the darkest days of the war. Haym Salomon's generosity helped the Americans pay for the war, keep the patriots' army in field, secure the aid of the French, and gain American independence. Haym Salomon was truly one of the great heroes of the American Revolution.
=====================================================
paf10.03.2015
Hi everyone!
Hope and wish you are enjoying the best of your time with your leaning of English.
I would like you to read and learn a few things about American history. In the following days I would like to share with you some certain easy stories.
Enjoy reading.
fm
Early American History
Introduction
Image America without big towns or cities without cars, trucks or buses without movies, radios or T.V. Imagine America as a land full of woods and wild animals. Imagine small groups of people living here and there-hunting , fishing, gathering seeds, growing food, and making everything else they needed. This was the America of long, long ago. This was the land of the Indians. About 500 years ago, new people began to come to the land of the Indians. They came on sailing ships from far across the sea.
===========================================
paf08.03.2015
Christopher Columbus and Other Explorers
About 500 years ago , India and China were the richest countries in the world. They were rich in gold , silk and spices . The kings and queens of many countries had their eyes on the those riches . They sent traders to buy things from India and China . The traders had to cross high mountains and deserts . Many were robbed and killed along the way.
The kings and queens hired explorers to look for ways to get to India and China by boat. One of these explorers was in Italian sailor named Christopher Columbus. He told the Queen of Spain that her traders could sail west across the ocean instead of going east across the land to get to India . He believed that to earth was round and that India was on the other side of the ocean from Spain.
The Queen decided to give him the money for the journey. With the money , he bought three ships the Nina , the Pinta and the Santa Maria . After thirty – six days at sea , the sailors saw land. After they rowed ashore, the people who lived there cane to greet called the people Indians . We still call those people Indians today.
The land Columbus found on October 12, 1492 was not India. It was an island off the place we now call America . India was still very far away . When the queen of Spain learned that Columbus had found a new land , she and other kings and queens from the Old World sent explorers to the new World in search of gold . Balboa and Colorado were two other explorers sent by the queen of Spain Neither of then found any gold.
People eventually became interested in the new World as a place to live. Explorers started looking for places that very good for farming and hunting . Father Marquette was a French explorer who traveled down the Mississippi River . He wanted to find good places for French to come to live . He made maps of the long river which were very helpful to people who later came to live along the Mississippi River.
==============================================
paf07.03.2015
The Early Setters
When the explorers returned home , they told exciting stories about life in the New World . They told people about the rich forests , animals , wild plants , and the fish in the many lakes and rivers. They told then how helpful and friendly the Indians were and how they grey vegetables that were never seen in the Old World – such as corn , potatoes and tomatoes .
Many people in the Old World were having a hard time making a living. They decided to go to the New World to hunt or farm. Other people in the Old World could not have their own church and pray the way they wanted to. They decided to go to the New World , too. Some people just wanted to get rich and went there in search of the gold that no one else had found . At first , most of the settlers came from England and Spain. They later came from France , Holland and other countries.
==============================================
paf06.03.2015
The First Town
Captain John Smith and his men came from England . They named their town Jamestown , after Kings James of England. They hoped to find gold and an easy life , but there was no gold. There was little food and the first winter was very hard . Smith went to the Indians for help. They gave him food, but their chief became angry with Smith. He wanted to kill Smith , but the chiefs daughter, Pocahontas ,told her father to let the man live. Smith sent some men to live with the Indians so that they could learn how to grow corn and other vegetables . The men protested and did not want to be farmers . Smith told them to farm or starve . Soon all the men were working . The Indians showed the settlers how to grow tobacco. It grew very well there . The settlers starting selling shiploads of tobacco the people back in England. The settlers needed more workers and bought slaves from Africa to do the work.
The planters became rich and built big houses . They filled then with beautiful things from England and other Old World countries. These rich settlers started a new government. Instead of having one person rule like a king or queen , they chose a group of people to rule . Other English people came and set up other towns near Jamestown. Later on, all the towns formed one big colony called Virginia. A colony is a group of people who settle in a new land, but keep their ties with the country they came from.
========================================================
paf05.03.2015
For each sentence, choose the best word or phrase to complete the gap from the choices below.
http://www.ihbristol.com/free-english-exercises/test/esol-smc-basic-verb-tenses
==================================================
=========================================================
paf28.02.2015
paf26.04.2015
==========================================================
paf03.04.2015
Take a look at these examples with the verb FORGET:
2. I forgot to post the birthday card to my mother so I apologised on the telephone when I called to wish her Happy Birthday.
So this is the grammar rule:
REMEMBER/FORGET + GERUND means THE GERUND ACTION HAPPENS FIRST.
paf10.03.2015
paf08.03.2015
==============================================
paf07.03.2015
paf06.03.2015
========================================================
paf28.02.2015
Provoni te zgjidhni kete numur ushtrimesh ne vijim per diten e arthme te takimit.
fm
Provoni te zgjidhni kete numur ushtrimesh ne vijim per diten e arthme te takimit.
fm
Adjective exercises
much vs many
Decide whether you have to use much or many:
a little vs a few
Decide whether you have to use a little or a few:
some vs any
Decide whether you have to use some or any:
some vs many
Decide whether you have to use some or many:
little vs less
Decide whether you have to use little or less:
a little vs a lot
Decide whether you have to use a little or a lot:
few vs little
Decide whether you have to use few or little:
fewer vs less
Decide whether you have to use fewer or less:
farther vs further
Decide whether you have to use farther or further:
later vs latter
Decide whether you have to use later or latter:
last vs latter
Decide whether you have to use last or latter:
=================================================
paf25.02.2015
Try to write a short essay:" Mind is like a parachute. It works only when it is open."
Give your answer, accept or not. Write an introduction. Give one or two supporting ideas. Finally give your conclusion.
No more than 125 words.
fm
paf25.02.2015
=====================================================
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
=====================================================
Dear students,
===================================================
paf16.02.2015
Provoni te zgjidhni ushtrimet e meposhteme ne fletoren tuaj.
Gammar,vocabulary and natural English
test 30 minutes
1 grammar - ing form and infinitive
Complete the text using the verbs in brackets in the –ing form and infinitive
I’m really looking forward to visiting (visit) my friends.
1 (run) is very good for your heart.
2 I loathe (be) late for work.
3 (stay) at home is the only thing to do in winter.
4 Instead of (do) my homework,I watched a video.
5 Will you remember (close) the door when you go out?
6 I can’t get used to (be) without him.
7 I regret (inform) you that your application has been unsuccessful.
8 I stopped (have) piano lessons months ago.
9 I meant (invite) him to the party, but I forgot all about it .
10 It’s not worth (finish) the test. I can’t rememeber a thing.
5
|
5
|
5
|
10
|
5
|
10
|
10
|
50
|
=======================================================
paf12.02.2015
In this message our focus should be on dynamic verbs vs. stative verbs.
|
Here is a quick reminder:
Dynamic = moving or changing.
Dynamic verbs are verbs that describe an action, not a state.
For example:
Take, break, eat, jump, work, find, buy, dance, fish.
Stative = having a state, or existing.
Stative verbs are verbs that describe a state, not an action.
For example:
Have, love, agree, be, want, hate, know, own, cost, sound, prefer, seem, hear.
Note that stative verbs usually describe:
- Relationships between things or people (for example, "have")
- Emotions or states of mind (for example, "love" and "agree")
- Appearance and senses (for example, "seem" and "hear")
- Measurements (for example, "weigh")
|
Using stative verbs
Stative verbs are not usually used in the progressive tenses.
Correct: I love you.
Incorrect: I'm loving you.
Correct: Do you agree?
Incorrect: Are you agreeing?
Correct: He doesn't deserve to win.
Incorrect: He isn't deserving to win.
Correct: She hated the winter.
Incorrect: She was hating the winter.
Correct: Did you hear that noise?
Incorrect: Were you hearing that noise?
Correct: The trip didn't include a visit to the beach.
Incorrect: The trip wasn't including a visit to the beach.
Correct: They will remember us.
Incorrect: They will be remembering us.
Correct: Will it surprise you?
Incorrect: Will it be surprising you?
Correct: This will probably weigh a lot.
Incorrect: This will probably be weighing a lot.
As you must know, words usually have more than a single meaning.
Likewise, some verbs have both stative and dynamic meanings.
For example, the verb "have" is such a verb.
It has many different meanings (you can learn about them in the English Helping Verbs Course). One of these meanings is "to own." This is a stative meaning, since it describes a state, and not an actual action.
Examples:
"I have two cats."
"You have a new laptop."
"We have too many problems."
Another meaning of the verb "have" is "to drink, eat, or smoke something."
Examples:
"They had a drink at the bar."
"We have lunch every day at noon."
"I will have a cigarette or two."
I think you can agree with me that this meaning is fully dynamic.
Drinking, eating and smoking are definitely actions and not states.
So in such a case, "have" can be used in the progressive tenses, too.
Correct: We never have breakfast. (dynamic meaning)
Correct: We are having lunch right now. (dynamic meaning)
Correct: We have a house. (stative meaning)
Incorrect: We are having a house. (stative meaning)
Correct: Jenifer tastes wine for a living. (dynamic meaning)
Correct: Jenifer is tasting some wine right now. (dynamic meaning)
Correct: This wine tastes awful. (stative meaning)
Incorrect: This wine is tasting awful. (stative meaning)
Correct: I always think too much. (dynamic meaning)
Correct: I am thinking about your offer. (dynamic meaning)
Correct: I think you are right. (stative meaning)
Incorrect: I am thinking you are right. (stative meaning)
Here are some verbs with both dynamic and stative meanings:
Be, have, see, smell, taste, think, expect, feel.
Example sentences (stative and then dynamic):
He is (has the identity of) a boy /
He is being (behaving) naughty.
I can see (notice with eyes) you now /
I am seeing (dating) a doctor.
He can't smell (notice the smell) from birth /
Your puppy is always smelling (trying to get the smell of) me.
This cake tastes (has a taste) great /
We are just tasting (checking the taste of) the cake.
They think (have opinion) this is wrong /
They are thinking (considering) what to do.
I don't expect (think it will happen) a raise /
We were not expecting (waiting for) any guests.
She feels (has a feeling) depressed /
She is feeling (touching) the texture of the fabric.
| ||||
==========================================================================
paf30.01.2015
Hello again.
I have some listening activities for you that show the difference between the infinitive and the -ing form.
|
==================================================
paf16.01.2015
Hello again.
In today’s lesson, we have some listening concerned with Meetings.
=================================
paf15.01.2015
Provoni te ndertoni fjali sipas modelit te dhene ne ushtrimin qe vijon.
fm
http://downloads.bbc.co.uk/skillswise/english/en30stru/game/en30stru-game-make-a-sentence/sentenceGameB.swf
paf14.01.2015
True or False? Try to understand the game and then play it. It's fun.
fm
http://www.english-portal.com/games/tf/index.html
=====================================================
paf.05.01.2015.
Choose the correct answer for each question.
fm
http://english.wsl.edu.pl/quiz/matters/elem/files/matelem11ex8.php
====================================================
paf 04.01.2015
Exercise 2.3
Match the items on the right to the items on the left. If you haven't finished the first two exercises of the second level, don't start this one. Go back to exercises # 1,2,3,4 and 5, of the first level then click on the following.
fm
Exercise 2.3
http://www.englishvocabularyexercises.com/eve-exercises/EngVocEx_nouns_3-2.htm
=======================================================
=======================================================
paf03.01.2015
Choose the incorrect word.
fm
http://www.funkyenglish.com/page/simple-error-correction-4
=====================================================
paf01.01.2015
365 more days are like 365 white pages waiting the black ink on.
May you write a beautiful story.
I wish you convert it into a best seller.
Happy and Prosperous New Year 2015 !
fm
==================================================
==========================
paf31.12.2014
Exercise 2.2
Match the items on the right to the items on the left. If you haven't finished the first exercise of the second level. don't start level 2.1. Go back to exercise # 1, then click on the following.
fm
http://www.englishvocabularyexercises.com/eve-exercises/EngVocEx_nouns_2-2.htm
======================================================
==================================================
http://www.englishvocabularyexercises.com/eve-exercises/EngVocEx_nouns_1_5.htm
===================================================
http://www.englishvocabularyexercises.com/eve-exercises/EngVocEx_nouns_1_4.htm
==================================================
=================================================
==================================================
paf25.12.2014
Time = Money
Knowledge = Work/Money.
=======================================================
paf19.12.2014
======================================================
paf18.12.2014
http://www.learnenglishfeelgood.com/esl-passive-voice-exercise2.html
====================================================
paf16.12.2014
Verb Tense List
- Simple Present or Present Simple
e.g., I play, you play, she/he/it plays, we play, they play
- Present Progressive, Present Continuous, Simple Present Progressive or Simple Present Continuous
e.g., I am playing, you are playing, she/he/it is playing, we are playing, they are playing
- Simple Past or Past Simple
e.g., I played, you played, he/she/it played, we played, they played
- Past Progressive, Past Continuous, Simple Past Progressive or Simple Past Continuous
e.g., I was playing, you were playing, she/he/it was playing, we were playing, they were playing
- Present Perfect or Simple Present Perfect
e.g., I have played, you have played, he/she/it has played, we have played, they have played
- Present Perfect Progressive or Present Perfect Continuous
e.g., I have been playing, you have been playing, he/she/it has been playing, we have been playing, they have been playing
- Past Perfect or Simple Past Perfect
e.g., I had played, you had played, he/she/it had played, we had played, they had played
- Past Perfect Progressive or Past Perfect Continuous
e.g., I had been playing, you had been playing, he/she/it had been playing, we had been playing, they had been playing
- Simple Future or Future Simple
e.g., I will play, you will play, he/she/it will play, they will play, we will play or I am going to play, you are going to play, he/she/it is going to play, we are going to play, they are going to play
- Future Progressive, Future Continuous, Simple Future Progressive or Simple Future Continuous
e.g., I will be playing, you will be playing, he/she/it will be playing, they will be playing, we will be playing
- Future Perfect or Simple Future Perfect
e.g., I will have played, you will have played, he/she/it will have played, they will have played, we will have played
- Future Perfect Progressive
e.g., I will have been playing, you will have been playing, he/she/it will have been playing, they will have been playing, we will have been playing
=======================================================================
paf15,12,2014
Diskutimi per kohet e gjuhes angleze eshte shume i gjere. Nuk besoj se eshte veshtire te kerkosh e te kuptosh me shume per to.
Shikoni tabelen e meposhteme. Ju eshte paraqitur nje folje e zakonshme e gjuhes angleze.
Te kerkohesh kohe te tjera edhe disa do te mundesh ti gjesh. Por gjithmone kjo do te ngelet pjese e diskutime edhe une thjesht ju keshilloj mos shkoni me tej se kaq duke futur ketu edhe kuriozitetin tuaj.
Tabela qe kemi vendosur me daten 12 dhjetor 2014 eshte shume e plote edhe e mjaftueshme per te shprehur mendime nga me te ndryshmet e te besueshme per te gjitha veprimet tuaja te mundeshme.
fm
Follow your actions as following:
1. Present Simple - I read
2. Present Continuous - I am reading
3. Present Perfect - I have read
4. Present Perfect Continuous - I have been reading
5. Past Simple - I read
6. Past Continuous - I was reading
7. Past Perfect - I had read
8. Past Perfect Continuous - I had been reading
9. Future Simple-I will read (including "be going to + infinitive" form) I am going to read
10. Future Continuous - I will be reading
11. Future Perfect - I will have read
12. Future Perfect Continuous - I will have been reading
13. Future Simple in the past - I would read (including the "was/were going to + infinitive" form)
14. Future Continuous in the past - I would be reading
15. Future Perfect in the past - I would have read
16. Future Perfect Continuous in the past - I would have been reading
====================================================================
Provoni te beni lidhjet e mundeshme te koheve te perdorura praktikisht ne pyetesorin e meposhtem me emrat e duhura te koheve te dhena si me poshte:
- Simple Present or Present Simple
- Present Progressive, Present Continuous, Simple Present Progressive or Simple Present Continuous
- Simple Past or Past Simple
- Past Progressive, Past Continuous, Simple Past Progressive or Simple Past Continuous
- Present Perfect or Simple Present Perfect
- Present Perfect Progressive or Present Perfect Continuous
- Past Perfect or Simple Past Perfect
- Past Perfect Progressive or Past Perfect Continuous
- Simple Future or Future Simple
- Future Progressive, Future Continuous, Simple Future Progressive or Simple Future Continuous
- Future Perfect or Simple Future Perfect
- Future Perfect Progressive
- e.g., I play, you play, she/he/it plays, we play, they play
- e.g., I am playing, you are playing, she/he/it is playing, we are playing, they are playing
- e.g., I played, you played, he/she/it played, we played, they played
- e.g., I was playing, you were playing, she/he/it was playing, we were playing, they were playing
- e.g., I have played, you have played, he/she/it has played, we have played, they have played
- e.g., I have been playing, you have been playing, he/she/it has been playing, we have been playing, they have been playing
- e.g., I had played, you had played, he/she/it had played, we had played, they had played
- e.g., I had been playing, you had been playing, he/she/it had been playing, we had been playing, they had been playing
- e.g., I will play, you will play, he/she/it will play, they will play, we will play or I am going to play, you are going to play, he/she/it is going to play, we are going to play, they are going to play
- e.g., I will be playing, you will be playing, he/she/it will be playing, they will be playing, we will be playing
- e.g., I will have played, you will have played, he/she/it will have played, they will have played, we will have played
- e.g., I will have been playing, you will have been playing, he/she/it will have been playing, they will have been playing, we will have been playing
=======================================================================
paf15,12,2014
1. Present Simple - I read
2. Present Continuous - I am reading
3. Present Perfect - I have read
4. Present Perfect Continuous - I have been reading
5. Past Simple - I read
6. Past Continuous - I was reading
7. Past Perfect - I had read
8. Past Perfect Continuous - I had been reading
9. Future Simple-I will read (including "be going to + infinitive" form) I am going to read
10. Future Continuous - I will be reading
11. Future Perfect - I will have read
12. Future Perfect Continuous - I will have been reading
13. Future Simple in the past - I would read (including the "was/were going to + infinitive" form)
14. Future Continuous in the past - I would be reading
15. Future Perfect in the past - I would have read
16. Future Perfect Continuous in the past - I would have been reading
====================================================================
Provoni te beni lidhjet e mundeshme te koheve te perdorura praktikisht ne pyetesorin e meposhtem me emrat e duhura te koheve te dhena si me poshte:
Personal Information Quiz
- When did you last see a film?
- How many times have you been abroad?
- What type of books do you like reading?
- When were you born?
- How long have you been learning English?
- What will the weather be like tomorrow?
- What were you doing at 7 o'clock yesterday evening?
- What are your parents doing?
- Where are your classes taught?
- What are you going to do after this course finishes?
What are the names of the tenses used in the above questions?
- a. Past Continuous
- b. Present Simple Passive
- c. Present Perfect
- d. Future Intent
- e. Present Perfect Continuous
- f. Past Simple Passive
- g. Future Prediction
- h. Present Simple
- i. Present Continuous
- j. Past Simple
=======================================================================
paf14.12.2014
Dear students of English Zone 3,
We often have problems with the English tenses. Please, have a look at the time line, it might help you understand when to use which tense ( only the ones you know so far ).
As there is a similarity between past, present and future tenses, there are just a few rules to keep in mind.
If you know how to use the present progressive correctly to express present actions, you will as well be able to use the past progressive correctly to express past actions.
Try to understand this legend:
- When did you last see a film?
- How many times have you been abroad?
- What type of books do you like reading?
- When were you born?
- How long have you been learning English?
- What will the weather be like tomorrow?
- What were you doing at 7 o'clock yesterday evening?
- What are your parents doing?
- Where are your classes taught?
- What are you going to do after this course finishes?
- a. Past Continuous
- b. Present Simple Passive
- c. Present Perfect
- d. Future Intent
- e. Present Perfect Continuous
- f. Past Simple Passive
- g. Future Prediction
- h. Present Simple
- i. Present Continuous
- j. Past Simple
As there is a similarity between past, present and future tenses, there are just a few rules to keep in mind.
Legend
moment in time
- action that takes place once, never or several times
- actions that happen one after another
- actions that suddenly take place
period of time
- action that started before a certain moment and lasts beyond that moment
- actions taking place at the same time
Result
- action taking place before a certain moment in time
- puts emphasis on the result
Course / Duration
- action taking place before a certain moment in time
- puts emphasis on the course or duration of the action
moment in time |
|
period of time |
|
Result |
|
Course / Duration |
|
======================================================
paf12.12.2014
fm
===================================================
paf10.12.2014
=====================================================
=====================================================
paf04.12.2014
Write your own constitution with ten articles in it. Discuss each one of them in the coming lesson.
paf27.11.2014
Students of Matura 2015,
Shumicen e ketyre fjaleve shpresoj se duhet ta njihni. Punoni per te njohur edhe te tjerat edhe keshtu do te jeni gati per te kuptuar edhe me mire se per cfare do te flasim ne ditet qe vijojne.
__________________________________________________-
____ paf28.11.2014
Active and Passive Voice
Nje folje gjendet ne diatezen veprore kur ajo shpreh nje veprim I cili kryehet nga vete kryefjala.
Nje fojle gjendet ne diatezen pesore atehere kur ajo shpreh nje veprim I cili bie mbi kryefjalen e vet ose atehere kur kryefjala eshte rezultat I veprimit.
Gjykoni veprimet e meposhteme:
Lightening struck the Pope’s office. ( Subject acting) = Active Voice
Pope’s Office was stuck by lightening. ( subject acted upon ) = Passive Voice
Te gjitha foljet kalimtare ( folje kalimtare quhen ato folje te cilat marrin kundrinore) mund te perdoren ne diatezen pesore. Ndryshe nga diateza veprore kur veprimi realizohet prej kryefjales, ne diatezen pesore,
( Passive Voice) pergjithesisht kryefjala e peson veprimin ose e thene ndryshe veprimi bie mbi kryefjalen.
Le te perpiqemi te ndertojme bashke dy rregulla te thjeshte para se te japim edhe me shume shembuj.
1) Ne diatezen veprore ( Active Voice ), kryefjala e fjalise vepron, me nje fjale, kryen veprimin.
p.sh: The secretary writes all the e mails.
The women are knitting sweaters.
Shakespeare wrote famous comedies.
They are going to hire us.
2) Ne diatezen pesore ( Passive Voice ), kryefjala nuk ka me te njejtin funksion. Shikoni fjalite e meposhteme per te pare se si ka ndryshuar vendi I saj ne nje fjali.
p.sh:
All the e-mails are written by the secretary.
Sweaters are being knitted by the women.
Famous comedies were written by Shakespeare.
We are going to be hired.
3) Per te ndertuar diatezen pesore ne gjuhen angleze atehere duhet t e kemi parasysh edhe te njohim mire dy elemente te saj.
a) E para: folja to be
b) E dyta termi past participle.
Shpresoj qe te gjithe te jeni te informuar se c’eshte folja to be, si zgjedhohet ajo, cilat jane format qe ajo merr, e keshtu me radhe.
Megjithese jam I bindur se ju e njifni, perseri, po mundohem t'ju paraqes nje tabele te saj:
Principal parts of the verb Be.
Infinitive Past Past Participle Present Participle
Be was/were been being
Simple present Tense
Singular Plural
I am We are
You are You are
He is/She is/ It is They are
Present Continuous: I am being etc.
Simple Past
Singular Plural
I was We were
You were You were
He was/She was/ It was They were
Past Continuous: I was being etc.
Future Tense
(will + the infinitive)
Singular Plural
I will be We will be
You will be You will be
He wll be/She will be/ It will be They will be
Future Continuous: I will be being etc.
Present Perfect Tense
(have or has + the past participle)
Singular Plural
I have been We have been
You have been You have been
He has been/She has been/t has been They have been
Past Perfect Tense
(had + the past participle)
Singular Plural
I had been We had been
You had been You had been
He had been/She had been/It had been They had been
Future Perfect Tense
(will have + past Participle)
Singular Plural
I will have been We will have been
You will have been You will have been
He will have been/She will have been/
It will have been They will have been
Atehere, duke mos harruar se pergjithesish, cdo folje ne gjuhen angleze ka kater forma,seicili prej jush eshte mesuar se si te ndertoje kohet e ndryshme te pedorimit te foljeve.
Sot na intereson shume te kujtojme vetem foljen to be, se ajo ka nje rol te rendesishem ne ndertimin e diatezes pesore.
Me qellim qe pohimi yne te marre forme, do te na duhet te perdorim nje fome te foljes to be + plus nje folje ne past participle, per te percjelle kuptimin qe deshirojme edhe ne kete menyre mund te cojme nje folje ne diatezen pesore.
Me thjesht:
To be + past participle = Passive Voice.
Ky model (patern) perben vecse nisjen e procesit sepse kohet e foljes do te variojne vetem nga ndryshimi I kohes se foljes ndihmese to be.
Ne ate kohe qe do te perdorim foljen to be, po ne ate kohe do te jete edhe fjalia jone, vecse kete radhe e perdorur ne diatezen pesore me kuptimin te cilin u munduam ta sqarojme si me siper.
Le te marrim nje ushtrim te thjeshte;
Percaktoni se cilat fjali jane active edhe cilat jane passive:
1) Barbara cooks our meals.
2) Somebody helped the policeman.
3) The government will close our hospital in the near future.
4) This window was broken by a little boy.
5) The queen was photographed by my wife.
6) We spent too much money on our holidays.
7) Barbara is loved by James.
8) Her clothes are bought in Paris.
9) Nency was driving too fast and she was stopped by the police.
10) The new school will be opened by the Prime Minister.
_______________________________________________________
paf29.11.2014
Perseri ne diten e sotme do te ishte mire te lexonim fjalite e meposhteme per te kuptuar me tej se si ndertohet nje mendim ne Passive Voice. Ne fund te kesaj faqe, ju do te gjeni nje seri ushtrimesh te cilaat do te fillojne te qartesojne perdorimin e sakte te diatezes pesore.
fm
1) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive
2) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive/exercises
3) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive/exercises?simple-present
4) http://www.english-grammar-lessons.com/passive/exercise2.swf
5)http://www.englishgrammarsecrets.com/passive/exercise3.swf
Gjykoni veprimet e meposhteme:
Lightening struck the Pope’s office. ( Subject acting) = Active Voice
Te gjitha foljet kalimtare ( folje kalimtare quhen ato folje te cilat marrin kundrinore) mund te perdoren ne diatezen pesore. Ndryshe nga diateza veprore kur veprimi realizohet prej kryefjales, ne diatezen pesore,
( Passive Voice) pergjithesisht kryefjala e peson veprimin ose e thene ndryshe veprimi bie mbi kryefjalen.
Le te perpiqemi te ndertojme bashke dy rregulla te thjeshte para se te japim edhe me shume shembuj.
1) Ne diatezen veprore ( Active Voice ), kryefjala e fjalise vepron, me nje fjale, kryen veprimin.
p.sh: The secretary writes all the e mails.
a) E para: folja to be
Shpresoj qe te gjithe te jeni te informuar se c’eshte folja to be, si zgjedhohet ajo, cilat jane format qe ajo merr, e keshtu me radhe.
Principal parts of the verb Be.
Infinitive Past Past Participle Present Participle
Simple present Tense
Singular Plural
I am We are
Present Continuous: I am being etc.
Simple Past
Singular Plural
I was We were
Past Continuous: I was being etc.
Future Tense
Singular Plural
I will be We will be
Future Continuous: I will be being etc.
Present Perfect Tense
I have been We have been
Singular Plural
I had been We had been
I will have been We will have been
It will have been They will have been
Me thjesht:
Ky model (patern) perben vecse nisjen e procesit sepse kohet e foljes do te variojne vetem nga ndryshimi I kohes se foljes ndihmese to be.
Ne ate kohe qe do te perdorim foljen to be, po ne ate kohe do te jete edhe fjalia jone, vecse kete radhe e perdorur ne diatezen pesore me kuptimin te cilin u munduam ta sqarojme si me siper.
Percaktoni se cilat fjali jane active edhe cilat jane passive:
paf29.11.2014
Perseri ne diten e sotme do te ishte mire te lexonim fjalite e meposhteme per te kuptuar me tej se si ndertohet nje mendim ne Passive Voice. Ne fund te kesaj faqe, ju do te gjeni nje seri ushtrimesh te cilaat do te fillojne te qartesojne perdorimin e sakte te diatezes pesore.
fm
1) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive
2) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive/exercises 3) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/passive/exercises?simple-present 4) http://www.english-grammar-lessons.com/passive/exercise2.swf 5)http://www.englishgrammarsecrets.com/passive/exercise3.swf | ||||
___________________________________________________________________
=====================================================
paf27.11.2014
Hello again.
This week’s activity is about that tricky word ENOUGH. You can find it by clicking
===================================================
pa26.11.2014
======================================================
Provoni te beni dallimet midis foljeve begin edhe start.
fm
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ei006/esl-test.php
=====================================================================
paf24.11.2014
Provoni te beni dallimin e duhur midis foljeve finish edhe end.
fm
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ei005/esl-test.php
=====================================================================
paf24.11.2014
Ne linkun e meposhtem provoni te gjeni fjalen e duhur.
fm
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ei003/esl-test.php
====================================================================
paf23.11.2014
Vendosni fjalet ne vendin e duhur.
fm
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ei001/esl-test.php
=================================================================
paf22.11.2014
Vendosni fojljet ne vendin e duhur.
fm
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ei010/esl-test.php
=================================================================
22.11.2014
======================================================
paf21.11.2014
http://www.ecenglish.com/learnenglish/lessons/modal-verb-have-past-participle
===================================================
paf20.11.2014
http://www.english-4u.de/modal_verbs_ex1.htm
=====================================================
paf19.11.2014
======================================================
paf18.11.2014
Cikli i ushtrimeve te meposhteme ka per qellim njohjen dhe perdorimin e sakte te disa foljeve te caktuara te gjuhes angleze te njohura me emrin:"modal verbs." Ndiqini me kujdes te gjitha ushtrimet.
Shikoni se cfare rezultatesh arrini ne zgjidhjen e ushtrimeve edh nese do te kini pyetje i diskitojme se bashke ne oren e dites se hene.
fm
What is special about the modal verbs?
They are special because they behave differently from other verbs in English:
- English modal verbs are used together with the base form of another verb.
Examples:
"He might come late."
"You may leave if you wish."
"We must finish this on time."
- English modal verbs have only one form. You don't add "-ing", "-ed"or "-s" to them.
Examples:
Correct: "We must go now."
Incorrect: "We are musting go now."
Correct: "They said we could park here."
Incorrect: "They said we coulded park here."
Correct: "She can help us."
Incorrect: "She cans help us."
- To form questions use the modal verb itself, but change the order.
Examples:
"He can fix the car tomorrow."
Correct: "Can he fix the car tomorrow?"
Incorrect: "Does he can fix the car tomorrow?"
"We should start packing our things."
Correct: "Should we start packing our things?"
Incorrect: "Do we should start packing our things?"
"She will be ten years old next month."
Correct: "Will she be ten years old next month?"
Incorrect: "Does she will be ten years old next month?"
- To form negative sentences use the modal verb itself and add "not" or "n't" to it.
Examples:
"He can run fast enough."
Correct: "He can't run fast enough."
Incorrect: "He doesn't can run fast enough."
"She could lift a feather."
Correct: "She could not lift a feather."
Incorrect: "She did not could lift a feather."
"I thought he would come."
Correct: "I thought he wouldn't come."
Incorrect: "I thought he did not would come."
Examples:
"He might come late."
"You may leave if you wish."
"We must finish this on time."
Examples:
Correct: "We must go now."
Incorrect: "We are musting go now."
Correct: "They said we could park here."
Incorrect: "They said we coulded park here."
Correct: "She can help us."
Incorrect: "She cans help us."
Examples:
"He can fix the car tomorrow."
Correct: "Can he fix the car tomorrow?"
Incorrect: "Does he can fix the car tomorrow?"
"We should start packing our things."
Correct: "Should we start packing our things?"
Incorrect: "Do we should start packing our things?"
"She will be ten years old next month."
Correct: "Will she be ten years old next month?"
Incorrect: "Does she will be ten years old next month?"
Examples:
"He can run fast enough."
Correct: "He can't run fast enough."
Incorrect: "He doesn't can run fast enough."
"She could lift a feather."
Correct: "She could not lift a feather."
Incorrect: "She did not could lift a feather."
"I thought he would come."
Correct: "I thought he wouldn't come."
Incorrect: "I thought he did not would come."
How and when do we use each of the English modal verbs?
Uses of "can" (negative: cannot, can't)
- To talk about what you are able to do
"He is so strong! He can lift that car!"
"She can't come before four o'clock."
"Can he teach?"
- To talk about a general possibility
"The weather here can get really bad."
"These chairs can be folded."
"Such things can happen."
- To say that something is allowed
"He can borrow my book if he needs it."
"You can't smoke in here".
"You can pay with a credit card."
- To make a request
(this is is an informal use, "may" is the formal version)
"Can you help me with my homework?"
"Can you make some tea?"
"Can you come here, please?"
"He is so strong! He can lift that car!"
"She can't come before four o'clock."
"Can he teach?"
"The weather here can get really bad."
"These chairs can be folded."
"Such things can happen."
"He can borrow my book if he needs it."
"You can't smoke in here".
"You can pay with a credit card."
(this is is an informal use, "may" is the formal version)
"Can you help me with my homework?"
"Can you make some tea?"
"Can you come here, please?"
Uses of "could" (negative: could not, couldn't)
- As the past form of "can"
"He said he couldn't come so early."
"I couldn't remember who he was."
"They couldn't pass the border."
- To make a polite request
"Could you open the window, please?"
"Could you turn up the heat?"
"Could you remind him to call?"
- To show possibility ("may" and "might" are stronger)
"She could be with her parents."
"It could take you months to find a new place."
"He could still win, but it's not very likely."
"He said he couldn't come so early."
"I couldn't remember who he was."
"They couldn't pass the border."
"Could you open the window, please?"
"Could you turn up the heat?"
"Could you remind him to call?"
"She could be with her parents."
"It could take you months to find a new place."
"He could still win, but it's not very likely."
Uses of "may" (negative: may not)
- To show possibility (it is slightly stronger than "might")
"What he said may be true."
"It may rain."
"You may win the race."
- To request or give permission
(this is a formal use, "can" is the informal version)
"You may sit down."
"May I speak?"
"He may not use the car."
"What he said may be true."
"It may rain."
"You may win the race."
(this is a formal use, "can" is the informal version)
"You may sit down."
"May I speak?"
"He may not use the car."
Uses of "might" (negative: might not)
- As a past from of "may"
"The weatherman said it might rain."
"She mentioned that she might come."
"We agreed that it might be dangerous."
- To show possibility (it is slightly weaker than "may")
"He might pass the exam, but I wouldn't count on it."
"We might fail, but let's not think about it."
"I might visit on Saturday."
"The weatherman said it might rain."
"She mentioned that she might come."
"We agreed that it might be dangerous."
"He might pass the exam, but I wouldn't count on it."
"We might fail, but let's not think about it."
"I might visit on Saturday."
Uses of "must" (negative: must not, mustn't)
- To show that you have to do something, for example because it is very important or because it is a rule
"You must stop the car when the traffic light turns red."
"You must pay your taxes."
"She must stop drinking if she wants to keep her job."
"I must go now, otherwise I will miss my train."
- "Must not" (or "mustn't") is used to show you are not allowed to do something
"You mustn't steal."
"He mustn't talk to his parents like that."
"The fruit of this bush must not be eaten because it is toxic."
- To show that something is very logical or very likely to be true
"He left at noon, so he must be there already."
"She is not stupid, so she must have known what she was doing!"
"They must be really rich to live in such a house."
"You must stop the car when the traffic light turns red."
"You must pay your taxes."
"She must stop drinking if she wants to keep her job."
"I must go now, otherwise I will miss my train."
"You mustn't steal."
"He mustn't talk to his parents like that."
"The fruit of this bush must not be eaten because it is toxic."
"He left at noon, so he must be there already."
"She is not stupid, so she must have known what she was doing!"
"They must be really rich to live in such a house."
Uses of "ought to" (negative: ought not to)
- To say what is the right thing to do ("should" is the more common word)
"In her condition, she ought to quit smoking."
"I believe you ought to apologize."
"He was watching TV when he ought to have been studying."
"In her condition, she ought to quit smoking."
"I believe you ought to apologize."
"He was watching TV when he ought to have been studying."
Uses of "shall" (short form: 'll, negative: shall not, shan't)
- Used with "I" and "we" to talk about the future (especially in formal British English)
"I shall leave tomorrow morning."
"I'll never forget you."
"We shall overcome."
"I shan't be late again."
- Used with "I" and "we" to ask questions or make suggestions
"Shall I close the door?"
"What shall we do tonight?"
"Let's start, shall we?"
"I shall leave tomorrow morning."
"I'll never forget you."
"We shall overcome."
"I shan't be late again."
"Shall I close the door?"
"What shall we do tonight?"
"Let's start, shall we?"
Uses of "should" (negative: should not, shouldn't)
- To say what is the right thing to do
"You should be helping your mother."
"If he doesn't like the job, he should tell it to his boss."
"If you knew you were going to be so late, you should have called."
- To give advice or ask for advice
"You should try the new restaurant down the street."
"What should I do? Should I tell him the truth?"
"Should I try to take the exam again?"
- To show that something is likely to be true or that it is expected
"Let's return home, dinner should be ready by now."
"We should arrive there by twelve o'clock."
"I should get an e-mail from him soon."
"You should be helping your mother."
"If he doesn't like the job, he should tell it to his boss."
"If you knew you were going to be so late, you should have called."
"You should try the new restaurant down the street."
"What should I do? Should I tell him the truth?"
"Should I try to take the exam again?"
"Let's return home, dinner should be ready by now."
"We should arrive there by twelve o'clock."
"I should get an e-mail from him soon."
Uses of "will" (short form: 'll, negative: will not, won't)
- To talk about future actions or future states (not plans)
"I hope he will pass his exams."
"She'll be very happy to hear this."
"They will not be here on time."
"You won't feel a thing."
- For promises or intentions
"Leave it, I will do the dishes."
"It must be Joe at the door, so I'll get it."
"I won't do that again, I promise."
"I hope he will pass his exams."
"She'll be very happy to hear this."
"They will not be here on time."
"You won't feel a thing."
"Leave it, I will do the dishes."
"It must be Joe at the door, so I'll get it."
"I won't do that again, I promise."
Uses of "would" (short form: 'd, negative: would not, wouldn't)
- As the past form of "will" in reported speech
"I will handle it myself." --> "He said he would handle it himself."
"I won't be late." --> "He said he wouldn't be late."
"She'll change her mind in the end." --> "He said she'd change her mind in the end."
- To talk about an imagined situation
"What would you do if you were a millionaire?"
"I wish he'd take a break."
"I would have cleaned the house, but I was too tired."
- To make a polite request
"Would you mind closing the window?"
"Would you get me the paper, please?"
"Would someone please answer the phone?"
- To invite someone, or offer something, politely
"Would you like a drink?"
"We are going for a walk, would you like to join us?"
"Would you like to meet her?"
- To say that you want something or want to do something
I would like = a polite way of saying, "I want."
I would hate = a polite way of saying, "I don't want."
I would rather = a polite way of saying, "I prefer."
"I would like a cup of coffee, please."
"I would hate to miss this opportunity."
"We'd rather study with you."
- "Would you like to come with us?"
-" I'd love to, but I can't."
"I will handle it myself." --> "He said he would handle it himself."
"I won't be late." --> "He said he wouldn't be late."
"She'll change her mind in the end." --> "He said she'd change her mind in the end."
"What would you do if you were a millionaire?"
"I wish he'd take a break."
"I would have cleaned the house, but I was too tired."
"Would you mind closing the window?"
"Would you get me the paper, please?"
"Would someone please answer the phone?"
"Would you like a drink?"
"We are going for a walk, would you like to join us?"
"Would you like to meet her?"
I would like = a polite way of saying, "I want."
I would hate = a polite way of saying, "I don't want."
I would rather = a polite way of saying, "I prefer."
"I would like a cup of coffee, please."
"I would hate to miss this opportunity."
"We'd rather study with you."
- "Would you like to come with us?"
-" I'd love to, but I can't."
======================================================
paf17.11.2014.
English Modal Verbs Table
Modal verb | Usage | Example |
can | ability | I can do several things at the same time. |
when something is possible | Miracles can happen. | |
permission | You can go now. | |
informal requests | Can you come here for a minute? | |
could | past form of "can" | She said she could pay for us as well. |
polite requests | Could you move your bag, please? | |
possibility | It could be that he missed the train. | |
may | possibility | It may rain tomorrow. |
ask for or give permission (formal) | May I speak? | |
might | past form of "may" | He said he might change his mind. |
possibility | This might fail. | |
must | you have to do it | You must obey the law. |
it's very logical or very likely to happen | They left so early, they must be home by now. | |
must not/ mustn't | you are not allowed to do it | You mustn't smoke in here. |
shall | future for "I" and "we" | I shall see him tomorrow. |
questions and suggestions for "I" and "we" | Let's continue, shall we? | |
should | the right thing to do | She should call the police. |
advice | - What should I do? - You should stop thinking about it. | |
what is likely or expected to happen | We should be back by midnight. | |
will | future action or states (not plans) | Prices will go up next summer. |
promises and intentions | It's alright, I'll pick it up. | |
would | past form of "will" | He told me he would come. |
imagined situations | What would you do if you were him? | |
for polite requests, offers and invitations | - Would you please sit down? - Would you like some tea? - We are meeting with Sarah next Saturday, would you like to come along? | |
to say what you want to do or have | I would like a piece of cake. | |
ought to | the right thing to do | You ought to apologize. |
=====================================================
======================================================
Modal verbs can, may, must
We use the modal verbs can, may, must in the English language to express various meanings - ability,possibility, permission, attitudes, opinions, etc.
Modal (auxiliary) verb CAN
1. Can is used to describe the ability to do something.
I can swim very well.
Can he can speak English fluently? - No, he can't.
We cannot sing at all!
2. Can expresses the possibility to do something.
We can go to the seaside at last. Our holidays start next week.
3. We use can to say that something is probable.
It can be John. He has blond hair and he is wearing glasses.
4. Can expresses the permission to do something.
Why not? You can marry her. She is a nice girl.
Modal (auxiliary) verb MAY
1. May is used for permissions.
You may borrow my car. I won't need it.
May I smoke here? - No, you can't, I'm sorry.
2. May is used for expressing probability or prediction.
They may call tomorrow. I hope so.
The main difference between may and can is in style. May is more formal than can. Can is typical of
spoken English.
3. The opposite of may is must not or may not.
May I smoke here?
- You mustn't smoke here. (strong prohibition)
- You may not smoke here. (more polite, very formal)
- You can't smoke here. (informal spoken English)
Modal (auxiliary) verb MUST
1. Must is used for strong obligations. It is personal, because it shows the speaker's opinion or will.
I must clean my teeth. I want to be healthy.
You must go there. And do it right now!
2. Must expresses strong recommendation.
You must see it. It's the best film I've ever seen.
3. We use must to express certainty of the speaker.
They must be at school by now. It's already 9 o'clock.
4. The opposite of must is need not.
Mum, must I wash up? - No, you needn't. I've already done it.
Must not has a different meaning. It is used to express prohibition that involves the speaker's will.
We mustn't come late today. Or the teacher will be very angry.
He mustn't enter this room. It is dangerous
=====================================================
Modal auxiliary verbs exercise
Complete the following sentences in your notebooks using an appropriate modal auxiliary verb. Please hand them in next Monday.
fm
1. The police warned the mob that they …………………… start firing, if they created trouble. (could / would / might)
2. Passengers …………………… not smoke on the bus. (must / can / should)
3. ……………………. I have a word with you? (Can / will / should)
4. Parents ………………………. accompany their children to the school. (cannot / may not / would not)
5. There was a time when I …………………… read till midnight, but these days I go to bed early. (used to / should / ought
to)
6. You ………………… not tell me. I know everything. (need / can / must)
7. I have promised to keep this secret. I …………………… disclose it to anyone. (cannot / would / may)
8. ……………………. I tell you what happened? (Shall / Will / Would)
9. How long ……………………. you take to complete this job? (will / shall / can)
paf13.11.2014
From the choices provided after each sentence select the verb that would correctly complete the sentence.
paf26.10.2014
http://www.manythings.org/fq/1/9999.html
======================================================
paf25.10.2014
Ne vijim te ushtrimit te dites se djeshme ndiqni nje ushtrim te ri dhe gjini se cila eshte zgjedhja me e mire duke klikuar ne fjalet te cilat jane dhene me ngjyre blu.
fm
http://esl.fis.edu/grammar/choose/colloc2.htm
======================================================
paf24.10.2014
Ndiqni ushtrimin ne linkun e meposhtem. Jepni pergjigjet e duhura. Mbani shenim te gjitha fjalite ku ju gabuat me qellim qe ti rishikojme bashke edhe te perfitojme nga gabiimet e bera.
fm
http://esl.fis.edu/grammar/choose/colloc1.htm
============================================================
paf23.10.2014
if or unless? Chose the best option.
fm
http://www.usingenglish.com/quizzes/23.html
====================================================
paf22.10.2014.
Pergjigjet per ushtrimet e dates 21.10.2014 jane keto:
1. C: Continuous
2. D,E, and G are not the names of English verb forms.
3. A. Present Progressive
B. Future Perfect
C. Simple Future
D. Simple Present
E. Future Progressive
F. Future Perfect Progressive
4. A. Past progressive
B. Past Perfect
C. Simple Past
D. Present Perfect
E. Past Perfect progressive
F. Present Perfect progressive
============================================================
paf21.10.2014
verb forms and their names
1. What is another name for progressive?
A. conditional
B. perfect
C. continuous
D. infinitive
2. Which of these are not the names of the English verb forms?
A. simple past
B. present progressive
C. future perfect
D. perfect present
E. simple progressive
F. past perfect
G. future past
3. Choose the correct name for each verb form. ( You won't need to use all of them.)
simple future; future
progressive; future perfect;
|
future perfect progressive;
present perfect
|
present progressive; simple
present
|
A. is doing
B. will have explained
C. will arrive
D. works
E. will be playing
F. will have been studying
4. Choose the correct name for each verb form. ( You won't need to use all of them.)
past perfect; past perfect progressive; past progressive;
present perfect;present perfect progressive;
simple past; simple present
A. was talking
B. had talked
C. played
D. has been
E. had been playing
F. has been visiting
===============================================================================
paf20.10.2014
auxiliary verbs
Ne ushtrimin e dites se sotme do te kini mundesine te jepni zgjidhjen tuaj se cila eshte alternativa me e mire ose pse jo se cilat jane alternativat e mundeshme edhe te sakta te ushtrimit te meposhtem.
fm
Exercise 4
Which expression(s) can complete the sentence correctly?
He _____________________ all through the meeting.
A. made us laugh
B. made us laughing
C. had us laugh
D. had us laugh
===============================================
Your words can heal, and unfortunately, cause much harm. It's up to you to choose what words to use. If you need a piece of advice try the first action.
Words are weapons
Take care when you speak in judgement.
Words are powerful weapons,
which can cause a lot of tragedies.
Never make a person look a fool with your tongue.
Never make a person look small with your big mouth.
A hard word , a sharp word,
can burn a long time,
deep in the heart, leaving a scar.
Accept that others are different,
think differently, act differently,
feel differently , speak differently.
Be mild and healing with your words.
Words should be ‘lights’.
Words should calm, bring people together,
bring peace.
Where words are weapons,
people face each other like enemies.
Life is much too short,
and our world is much too tiny
to turn it into a battlefield.
"Lord help me
to keep my big mouth shut,
until
I know what I want
to say
Amen."
==============================================================================
paf15.10.2014
Hello again.
Today’s lesson is about the difference between WILL and WOULD in conditional sentences.
paf15.10.2014
=============================================================
PAF14.10.2014
Either and Neither
Ne vijim kini disa ushtrime te cilat besoj se do ta lehtesojne kuptimin e ketyre mendimeve qe dhame me siper.
=============================================================
paf03102014
Dear students of Matura 2015,
I would like to suggest you starting together a page on which we should present some grammar rules and try to avoid certain mistakes.
Let's call this page: " How not to make 100 mistakes!" You can change this name any time you like. Just simply suggest a better one.
I know from my experience that it is difficult to learn a language through rules. Personally, I wouldn't advice you that but if I were you, time and again I'd dare read some great grammar lessons of famous authors like Michael Swan. Following you will find ten of them and in case you find them useful, let me know.
I encourage you to add certain rules you like.
Sincerely
fm
GOLDEN GRAMMAR RULES
By Michael Swan
1. Don’t use an with own.
Sue needs her own room. (NOT Sue needs an own room.)
I’d like a phone line of my own. (NOT … an own phone line.)
2. Use or rather to correct yourself.
She’s German – or rather, Austrian. (NOT She’s German – or better, Austrian.)
I’ll see you on Friday – or rather, Saturday.
3. Use the simple present – play(s), rain(s) etc – to talk about habits and repeated actions.
I play tennis every Saturday. (NOT I am playing tennis every Saturday.)
It usually rains a lot in November.
4. Use will …, not the present, for offers and promises.
I’ll cook you supper this evening. (NOT I cook you supper this evening.)
I promise I’ll phone you tomorrow. (NOT I promise I phone you tomorrow.)
5. Don’t drop prepositions with passive verbs.
I don’t like to be shouted at. (NOT I don’t like to be shouted.)
This needs to be thought about some more. (NOT This needs to be thought some more.)
6. Don’t use a present tense after It’s time.
It’s time you went home. (NOT It’s time you go home.)
It’s time we invited Bill and Sonia. (NOT It’s time we invite Bill and Sonia.)
7. Use was/were born to give dates of birth.
I was born in 1975. (NOT I am born in 1975.)
Shakespeare was born in 1564.
8. Police is a plural noun.
The police are looking for him. (NOT The police is looking for him.)
I called the police, but they were too busy to come.
9. Don't use the to talk about things in general.
Books are expensive. (NOT The books are expensive.)
I love music. (NOT I love the music.)
10. Use had better, not have better.
I think you’d better see the doctor. (NOT I think you have better see the doctor.)
We’d better ask John to help us.
Dear students of Matura 2015,
I would like to suggest you starting together a page on which we should present some grammar rules and try to avoid certain mistakes.
Sincerely
5. Don’t drop prepositions with passive verbs.
=============================================================
=========================================================
paf21.04.2013
Teaching your wife to drive.
Test #14
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ai034/esl-test.php
==================================================
paf20.04.2013
Flying across the channel.
Test #13.
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ai033/esl-test.php
=======================================================
paf19.04.2013
Letter writing (4)
Test #12
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ai032/esl-test.php
=======================================================
paf18.04.2013
Letter writing (3)
Test # 11
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ai031/esl-test.php
================================================
paf17.04.2013
Letter writing (2)
Test # 10
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ai030/esl-test.php
==================================================
paf16.04.2013
Letter writing 1
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ai029/esl-test.php
===================================================
paf15.04.2013
Listen to the conversation and answer the questions.
fm
http://www.esl-lab.com/health/healrd1.htm
=========================================================
paf14.04.2013
fm
9. Scientists have made a scientific breakthrough concerning a vaccine for the common cold _____
10. Science shows that the common cold can be treated by taking some supplements ______
11. The immune system is unable to fight a virus without vitamin supplements ______
12. Eating a lot of fruit rich in vitamin C every day may prevent infection by the cold virus ______
13. Each zinc lozenge must be kept in the mouth for two hours _______
14. Zinc should be taken in a particular form for it to be effective against colds _______
15. Echinacea in known to strengthen our resistance to infections. _______
16. You can only obtain Echinacea if you have a doctor’s prescription. ________
Vocabulary
For questions 16-20, use the word in capitals at the end of
each sentence to form a word tat completes the sentence.
16. Harry works
out at the gym …………………and looks very fit . REGULAR
17. You should …………………….that
all students have left the school before you lock the gates . SURE
18.
Unfortunately, Gregg is far too …………………………….to look after his baby sister RELIABLE
19. Children
first try to escape from parental control when they are …………………….. TEEN
20.Oddly enough
Heather isn’t………………………..about her trip to London. ENTHUSE
Grammar
For the following questions circle A,
B,C or D to make the sentences meaningful.
21.As I……. my keys on
the kitchen table, I had to wait for my brother to come home .
A had forgotten C
was forgetting
B had been forgetting D have forgotten
22. I don ‘t
think I will benefit ………… going on a
crash diet.
A for
C since
B from D of
23.We didn’t have ………..
luck when we tried to book a hotel at the last minute.
A no
C
many
B much
D some
24. We succeded ………
our history project on time .
A to complete
C completing
B on completing
D in completing
25. I don’t want ……. While
I am working on the monthly report .
A to disturb C to disturb me
B you to disturb D to
be disturbed
26. Luckily , I ……………find the CD ROM which I thought I’d lost .
A could
C was able to
B managed D will be able to
27. If the robbers hadn’t left in a gateway car , the police …………….them.
A would have cought C had cought
B would catch
D will catch
28. Does Tracy sing ….. her mother ?
A much better C as good as
B as well as
D good like
29. We ……. A discussion about the importance f relationships at school
yesterday.
A were having C
had
B were making
D made
30. I prefer ………….. to music to watching reality shows on TV.
A listening
C listen
B to be listening D to listen
Write the correct preposition to form the meaningful sentences.
====================================================
paf13.04.2013
English language Proficiency. Test #8.
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ai028/esl-test.php
=========================================
paf12.04.2013
English language proficiency. Test # 7http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ai027/esl-test.php
=========================================
paf10.04.2013
Test 5Section 1 reading and comprehension
Reduce, Reuse, Recycle ….
We live in a consumer society where garbage is produced at an ever
increasing rate . Nowadays most of this rubbish goes into landfills , (0)k. They are the most common method of
waste disposal and remain so in many places around the world. Waste has a
negative impact on the natural environment because harmful gases are released from
rubbish in landfill sites polluting ground water and soil .Similarly ,the
appearance of disease from insect or rats that (1) ………….. .Finally ,huge amounts of energy are used
when making products from raw materials .By recycling we can turn glass ,paper
, aluminium ,plastic and other materials
into something new instead of throwing it away .
Recycling however , can sometimes be confusing and it can be difficult
to know what to recycle .(2) …….. when thinking about how to recycle , I.e. the 3 R’s:
reduce , reuse and recycle . First of all , waste reduction . This starts at
the supermarket .Individuals should make it a point to buy recyclable goods ,
such as bottles ,instead of cans , and rechargeable batteries .Items such as
this create very little waste , (3) …………….
. We should avoid excess packaging ends up in our rubbish bins .What is more ,
we can reuse everybody items , like paper bags , which make useful wrapping paper
,or packaging , such as egg cartons .
These can be donated to schools (4) ………..
.
Recycling is essential if we wish (5) …………….. and
non-renewable resources ,which are limited .Recycling conserves our natural resources
because it reduces our need for raw meterials. For example , if we recycle paper , (6) ………… .Others items
such as furniture , electronic equipment , building material and vehicle can
also be recycled . Recycling is also much more efficient because it saves
energy .
(7) ………. than from raw materials .When we make new paper
from recycled paper , we use less energy than if we make it from wood
.Recycling also protects our health and the environment because (8) ……….. . Finally
, recycling reduces our use of landfills
because it reduces the amount of garbage we throw away and ensures resources
are not wasted .
Finally , educating our children about the importance of
recycling and the environment (9) …………… .This is why involving teachers
and children in recycling
schemes is not only essential but also
fun. Apart from the recycling of paper ,
metal and glass students (10) ………………. , like role plays , arts and crafts using
recycled materials , and class discussion just to a few examples.
A often take part in
educational activities
B provides a path to
a greener future
C there are three key
factors we need to consider
D as they don’t have
to be thrown away after they have been used just once
E making products from
recycled materials uses less energy
F transmit infection is
a problem especially in Third-world countries
G where they can be
used in art and crafts projects
H to conserver the
Earth’s resources
I man-made disasters
common place nowadays
J it creates less air
and water pollution
K which are sites for
the disposal of waste
L we don’t have to
cut down so many trees
Section 1 READING AND COMPREHENSION
Part 2
Read the paragraphs and circle A,B, C or D for best summary for each one.From her first hat shop , opened in 1912, to the 1920s,Gabriell ‘coco’ Chanel rose to become one of leading fashion designers in Paris. Tight-fitting clothes were replaced with comfort and casual elegance , her fashion themes included simple suits and dresses , women’s trousers , costumes jewellery, perfume and textiles .Gabrielle adopted the name ‘coco’ during a brief career as café and concert singer .Two wealthy gentlemen , a wealthy military officer and an English industrialist gave her the resources to set up a hat shop in Paris in 1910 , and the then in Deauville and Biarritz . By the 1920s,her fashion house had expanded considerably .Her relaxed fashions , short skirts and casual look were very different from the tight-fitting fashions popular in the previous decades . Most of her fashions had a staying power, and didn’t change much from year to year –or even generation to generation..
11) A Gabrielle Chanel’s rise to fame was an
individual effort. B Gabrielle Chanel brought a more informal
style of clothes into the fashion world. C Female designers replace men in the field of
fashion . D A description of fashion styles in the 1900s.
Skydive Southwest Florida uses the tandem jump as your as your introduction to this great sport. A tandem jump is where you are physically attached to the instructor for the entire jump . This allows you the “piece of mind” to completely enjoy your jump without having to “worry” about a lot of mind-bending training . If you decide skydiving is for you after your first jump , we offer complete instruction up to and beyond certification . You will jump out of plane from around 4,000 meters above ground and freefall for above a minute , and them descend for 5 to 7 minutes under a large parachute designed for two . The landings will amaze you . Some are soft , some are stand –ups ,some are slides , and ,yes, sorry to say some harder than normal
13) A An introduction to skydiving.
B The weak-hearted should do on a tandem jump.
USE OF ENGLISH SECTION 2
Vocabulary
Scientist working for James Dyson , inventor of the bagless
cleaner , have developed a new high-sped motor (0) which/that includes software
similar to an engine management system in a car. According to the company, the
magnet-free motor –code-named x020-is up to three times faster and is (13)
…………………… smaller and lighter than the typical vacuum motor.
The built-in software allows the motor to manage energy
efficiently and safely. Its memory chip can also store information such as the
machine’s construction date, how it (14)
……………………………… been used , and the owner’s details , all of which can be
communicated to a call center in the event of breakdown (15) ………………………….. holding a telephone next to
a speaker on the machine itself .The information is downloaded to the call center
computer , allowing a technician to see the problem .“The work we’re doing in our research facility is all (16)
……………………………… improving products in the home and making life easier , “ Mr Dyson
said yesterday . Engineers working for Dyson have (17)…………………………. six years
developing the new motor , which uses electromagnetic forces rather than fixed
magnets and is said to spin more than five times faster than a racing car’s
engine , making it the fastest motor ever developed for household appliances.
Practice Test 4
Grammar
Practice Test 4
For the following questions circle A, B, C or D to make the
sentence meaningful .
WRITING SECTION 3
Write an article in 120-150 words , based on your experience , commenting on the following :”The generation gap : myth or reality ? Do you think it is very difficult for teenagers to get along with their parents nowadays ?” Give reasons and examples to support your opinion.
===============================================================
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
paf08.04.2013
Dear students of Matura 2013,
Interviews and jobs. This is the title of the test number 4.
While finishing these exercises you will find certain vocabulary about jobs and interviews.
fm
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ai013/esl-test.php
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
paf07.04.2013
Test number 3, advanced level.
fm
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ai006/esl-test.php
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
paf06.04.2013
This test level is advanced. So think carefully before you make your choice. It will be number two on the line. If you manage to do all the things mentioned in this test, then soon you will find yourself speaking English fluently.
fm
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ai005/esl-test.php
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
paf05.04.2013
This test level is advanced. So think carefully before you make your choice.
fm
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ai004/esl-test.php
____________________________
paf04.04.2013
Make it possible that your name is written on their page for your results scored.
fm
http://www.english-test.net/esl/learn/english/grammar/ei002/esl-test.php
_________________________________________________________________
paf03.04.2013
Dear students of Matura 2013,
Follow this link and fill in the boxes with the correct words or with your best guess. Your results will be calculated at the very end and even printed in case you like.
fm
http://www.learner.org/interactives/spelling/spelling.html?s=g11-12
__________________________________________________
paf01.04.2013
Dear students of Matura 2013,
The following exercises are only for those students whose session starts on Saturday at one o'clock. Sure, anyone of you is free to do them, but those I mentioned above, have to.
fm
_______________________________________________________________
paf31.03.2013
Try to write the text as a dictation. First listen to the words and then write.
It will take a little time but I think it will be very effective.
fm
http://eolf.univ-fcomte.fr/uploads/ressources/listening/herethere/19.htm
_________________________________________
paf30.04.2013Dear students of Matura 2013,
Following you will find ten more rules on grammar. Before you start studying them, please check for the first thirty and then go for the last ten included on this page. You have to be very careful with each one of them. At least study one rule per day.
fm
31. Use a present tense to talk about the future after when, until, as soon as, after, before etc.
I’ll phone you when I arrive. (NOT
Let’s wait until it gets dark. (NOT
We’ll start as soon as Mary arrives. (NOT
32. Before most abstract nouns, we use great, not big.
I have great respect for her ideas. (NOT
We had great difficulty in understanding him. (NOT
33. Don’t use the with a superlative when you are not comparing one person or thing with another.
Compare:
- She’s the nicest of the three teachers.
- She’s nicest when she’s working with small children.
- This is the best wine I’ve got.
- This wine is best when it’s three or four years old.
This soup isn’t hot enough. (NOT
She’s old enough to walk to school by herself.
35. Don’t use a structure with that … after want or would like.
My parents want me to go to university. (NOT
I’d like everybody to leave. (NOT
36. After link verbs like be, seem, feel, look, smell, sound, taste, we use adjectives, not adverbs.
I feel happy today. (NOT
This soup tastes strange. (NOT
37. Use than after comparatives.
My mother is three years older than my father. (NOT
Petrol is more expensive than diesel.
38. In questions, put the subject immediately after the auxiliary verb.
Where are the President and his family staying? (NOT
Have all the guests arrived? (NOT
39. Used to has no present.
I play tennis at weekends. (NOT
Where do you usually have lunch? (NOT
40. Use through, not along, for periods of time.
All through the centuries, there have been wars. (NOT
_______________________________________________________
paf29.03.2013
Follow this link and complete the exercise.
fm
http://esl.fis.edu/vocab/q12m/1esl11.htm
________________________________
paf28.03.2013
Follow this link and finish the exercise on verbs.
fm
http://esl.fis.edu/vocab/q1/verb1.htm
___________________________________________________________paf26.03.2013
Read the following proverbs and then try to find their equivalent in your language.
fm
Every culture has a collection of wise sayings that offer advice about how to live your life. These sayings are called "proverbs".
It's good to know the really common English proverbs because you hear them come up in conversation all the time. Sometimes people say the entire proverb to give advice to a friend. More often, someone will say just part of a proverb like this:
You know what they say: when the going gets tough...(Read #5 below to learn the rest of this proverb and what it means.)
Learning proverbs can also help you to understand the way that people in English-speaking cultures think about the world.
This is a list of some of the most important and well-known English proverbs. Below each one, there's a simple explanation. Note that some of the meanings of these phrases have shifted over the years, so a proverb might have originally had a different meaning than the one I explain.
-
"Two wrongs don't make a right."
When someone has done something bad to you, trying to get revenge will only make things worse. -
"The pen is mightier than the sword."
Trying to convince people with ideas and words is more effective than trying to force people to do what you want. -
"When in Rome, do as the Romans."
Act the way that the people around you are acting. This phrase might come in handy when you're traveling abroad notice that people do things differently than you're used to. -
"The squeaky wheel gets the grease."
You can get better service if you complain about something. If you wait patiently, no one's going to help you. -
"When the going gets tough, the tough get going."
Strong people don't give up when they come across challenges. They just work harder. -
"No man is an island."
You can't live completely independently. Everyone needs help from other people. -
"Fortune favors the bold."
People who bravely go after what they want are more successful than people who try to live safely. -
"People who live in glass houses should not throw stones."
Don't criticize other people if you're not perfect yourself. -
"Hope for the best, but prepare for the worst."
This seems pretty clear. -
"Better late than never."
This one's clear, too. -
"Birds of a feather flock together."
People like to spend time with others who are similar to them. -
"Keep your friends close and your enemies closer."
If you have an enemy, pretend to be friends with them instead of openly fighting with them. That way you can watch them carefully and figure out what they're planning. -
"A picture is worth a thousand words."
Pictures convey emotions and messages better than written or spoken explanations. That's why PhraseMix has illustrations :) -
"There's no such thing as a free lunch."
Things that are offered for free always have a hidden cost. -
"There's no place like home."
Your own home is the most comfortable place to be. -
"Discretion is the greater part of valor."
Sometimes it's important to know when to give up and run away, instead of always acting brave and maybe getting hurt.
____________________________________________________
paf25.03.2013
Follow the commands and do the actions.
fm
http://elt.oup.com/student/project/games/pr4game1;jsessionid=BA68A704261C8EA032A2A36638EF5848?cc=us&selLanguage=en
____________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________
paf23.03.2013
Listen to this old song. It probably belongs to the generation of your parents.
It is always good to know something from those times.
fm
http://www.agendaweb.org/songs/a-c/beatles-yesterday.html
____________________________
paf22.03.2013
Working on the vocabulary is an important issue in English.
I would suggest you reading this passage today before you take up doing the exercise. Hope you find it useful.
Judgment happens—it’s human nature. Mindful of the way people tend to judge others, you take great care in your appearance, your hygiene, your posture, even your attitude. But what happens when you open your mouth to speak? Are you perceived in a positive way?
No matter how intelligent people are, if they don’t have the vocabulary to back up their brilliant ideas, they just can’t make a good impression.
Have you ever found yourself into a situation when you are dried of words??? If you asked me the same question I would answer:"Yes" to that. And believe me it is hard.
fm
http://www.bbc.co.uk/apps/ifl/worldservice/quiznet/quizengine?ContentType=text/html;quiz=122_thinking
______
paf21.03.2013
Match up the sentences.
http://www.expandyourvocabulary.com/freetime/exercise4.swf
_______________________________
paf20.03.2013
It is of great value to deal with the vocabulary time and agian. Try to do this exercise best way possible. Report your scores.
fm
http://english.wsl.edu.pl/quiz/matters/int/files/matint02ex5.php
__________________________________
paf19.03.2013
Students of Matura 2013,
Read the story and answer the following questions. Hope you will enjoy the text.
fm
http://mrnussbaum.com/readingcomp/siouxcomp/
___________________________________________________________
paf18.03.2013
Dear students of Matura 2013,
Reading plays a very important part in your formation. Don't forget that. Try to read short stories like the one following and then answer the questions attached.
I wish you all, a very nice week.
fm
http://mrnussbaum.com/gates/
_________________________________________________________
paf17.03.2013
Students of Matura 2013,
Sunday is a good day to relax but when you think of your homework to be done then that feeling goes down. If you have little time free today, I would dare suggest doing the following crossword. Try your best.
fm
http://english.wsl.edu.pl/quiz/matters/int/files/matint17ex2.php
_____________________________________
paf16.03.2013
Follow this link and finish the test.
fm
http://www.english4today.com/englishgrammar/englishtests/caelt_test.php
_________
paf15.03.2013
Students of Matura 2013,
Are you good at Astronomy?
Follow this link. Read the passage, answer the questions and check your knowledge.
fm
http://mrnussbaum.com/readingcomp/meteorcomp/
_______________________________________________________
Students of Matura 2013,
Folowing is a song with lyrics. Hope you enjoy listening to it.
fm
http://www.agendaweb.org/songs/a-c/celine-dion-new-day.html
paf13.03.2013
Dear students of Matura 2013,
Following you will find ten more rules on grammar. Before you start studying them, please check for the first twenty and then go for the last ten included on this page. You have to be very careful with each one of them. At least study one rule per day.
fm
30. Use reflexives (myself etc) when the object is the same as the subject.I looked at myself in the mirror. (NOT
Why are you talking to yourself? (NOT
31. Use a present tense to talk about the future after when, until, as soon as, after, before etc.
I’ll phone you when I arrive. (NOT
Let’s wait until it gets dark. (NOT
We’ll start as soon as Mary arrives. (NOT
32. Before most abstract nouns, we use great, not big.
I have great respect for her ideas. (NOT
We had great difficulty in understanding him. (NOT
33. Don’t use the with a superlative when you are not comparing one person or thing with another.
Compare:
- She’s the nicest of the three teachers.
- She’s nicest when she’s working with small children.
- This is the best wine I’ve got.
- This wine is best when it’s three or four years old.
This soup isn’t hot enough. (NOT
She’s old enough to walk to school by herself.
35. Don’t use a structure with that … after want or would like.
My parents want me to go to university. (NOT
I’d like everybody to leave. (NOT
36. After link verbs like be, seem, feel, look, smell, sound, taste, we use adjectives, not adverbs.
I feel happy today. (NOT
This soup tastes strange. (NOT
37. Use than after comparatives.
My mother is three years older than my father. (NOT
Petrol is more expensive than diesel.
38. Inquestions, put the subject immediately after the auxiliary verb.
Where are the President and his family staying? (NOT
Have all the guests arrived? (NOT
39. Used to has no present.
I play tennis at weekends. (NOT
Where do you usually have lunch? (NOT
40. Use through, not along, for periods of time.
All through the centuries, there have been wars. (NOT
_________________________________________________________________
paf11.03.2013 Students of Matura 2013, session of Tuesday at 14:00, Follow this link and listen to the story. Then try to write a summery with your own words. fm http://www.yeuanhvan.com/images/stories/flash/Fairy%20Tale/storygoldilocks.swf | |
__
________________________________________________________________
paf10.03.2013
Try to solve the following exercises. If there will be any questions, please let me know.
fm
http://www.readtheory.org/home
_________________________________________________________________
paf09.03.2013
Students of Matura 2013,Look at these phrasal verbs and definitions. When you think you can remember them, practise using them into your own sentences.
wake up | to stop sleeping |
get up | to leave your bed |
put something on | to get dressed |
take something off | to remove clothes |
go out | to leave the house (not for work) |
set off | to leave (possibly for work) |
get in | to return home |
wash up | to wash the plates and cups |
tidy up | to put things into the right places |
drop off | to fall asleep (usually for a short time) |
turn something on | e.g. a light, a shower (to start) |
turn something off | e.g. a light, a shower (to stop) |
___________
paf08.03.2013
The kind of exercise following, is mainly for Miss.B... and Miss. M... as we have already talked together.
Please, finish them, and if you make any mistakes, keep notes for further discussions.
fm
1) http://baladre.info/english/sedaviwebfront/pastpastperfect.htm
2) http://www.english-4u.de/past_perfect_ex6.htm
3) http://www.learnenglish.de/Games/Tenses/PastPerfectTest.htm
4) http://www.ego4u.com/en/cram-up/grammar/past-perfect-simple/exercises?04
5) http://www.english-grammar-lessons.com/pastperfect/exercise2.swf
___________________________________
paf07.03.2013
Happy Teacher's Day!
http://www.123greetings.com/encouragement_and_inspiration/encouragement/encourage96.html
_______________________________________________________________
paf06.03.2013
______________________________________________
Across
1. - to make a sound to show that you do not like somebody or smth
3. - to like the idea of having or doing something; to want smth or to want to do smth
4. - to travel around a place
6. - to make plans and preparations so that something can happen in the future
9. - to put music into a CD
10. - to get or accept smth that sb sends or gives to you
Down
1. - to receive an advantage from something
2. - to say that you are sorry fr something you have done
3. - to begin to exist
5. - to make a noise by hitting your hands together to show that you like it
7. - to manage to achieve what you want
8. - not to win or be successful
Paf04032013
_________________
______
paf04.03.2013
Students of Matura 2013,
I want to remind you that before following the rules below, try to remember the other rules read during previous lessons, and bring them together to your notes.
fm
21. Use the present perfect, not the present, to say how long things have been going on.I've been waiting since 10 o'clock. (NOT
We've lived here for nine years. (NOT
22. The majority is normally plural.
Some people are interested, but the majority don't care. (NOT ...
The majority of these people are very poor. (NOT
23. Use too much/many before (adjective +) noun; use too before an adjective with no noun.
There's too much noise.
I bought too much red paint.
Those shoes are too expensive. (NOT
24. Use that, not what, after all.
I've told you all that I know. (NOT
He gave her all that he had.
25. Don't say according to me to give your opinion.
I think it's a good film. (NOT
In my opinion, you're making a serious mistake. (NOT
26. Don't ask about possibilities with May you ...? etc.
Do you think you'll go camping this summer? (NOT
Is Joan likely to be here tomorrow? (NOT
27. Use who, not which, for people in relative structures.
The woman who lives upstairs is from Thailand. (NOT
I don't like people who shout all the time. (NOT
28. Use for, not during, to say `how long'.
We waited for six hours. (NOT
He was ill for three weeks. (NOT
29. Use to ..., not for ..., to say why you do something.
I came here to study English. (NOT
She telephoned me to explain the problem. (NOT
30. Use reflexives (myself etc) when the object is the same as the subject.
I looked at myself in the mirror. (NOT
Why are you talking to yourself? (NOT
_____________________________________-----
paf27022013Para se te filloni te zgjidhni kete shtrim, sigurohuni se kini zgjidhr dy te parat.Kontrolloi ato edhe pastaj vazhdoni me ushtrimin e trete.
fm
Practice Test 3
Section 1 Reading and Comprehension
You are going to read a magazine article about Getting Down to Work.For questions 1-4,choose the answer(A,B,C or D)which you think fits best according to the text,while for the questions 5-7 answer the questions about the text.
GETTING DOWN TO WORK
Most people don't take to the winter months.It's dark when you get up morning and dark when you get home.It's cold,wet and windy and the weather is often miserable.Your initial thought each morning is to stay in bed,snuggled under the duvet,but there's just one small problem-your university course work.That reading list isn't getting any shorter and those assignments just keep piling up.So,how can you get down to your studies when all you want to do is hide and sleep the winter away?Hopefully,these suggestions will prove to be beneficial to you.
Remove all the stuff that is cluttered on your desk that could be preventing you both practically and psychologically,from getting started.Tidy your desk and sort out your files. Prioritise what needs to be done by making a timetable and set yourself realistic daily objectives.Following this clean,orderly and structured approach will make it easier for you to settle into your studies.
Even with a perfectly arranged workplace and a beautifully numbered list of things to,it can still be a challenge to really get going.The trick is to break down the research,or the report or whatever work you need to do in smaller,more manageable sections.You may start with a five minute burst of work,then 15 minutes,then a 30 minute burst until you get through your initial resistance to the task in hand.
Whenever possible, work when you are at your best. Some of us are morning people, unbelievably full of energy, ideas and creativity before lunch. others are afternoon people-the more inspired side of your brain does not wake up until after two strong midday cups of coffee. Tackle the more demanding tasks when you are feeling at your best and leave the routine tasks, such as typing up notes or doing chores, for other times of the day.
Think of the consequences of putting off or not doing your course work. Actually make a note of all the problems that would arise and then imagine how awful you would feel about it. We all suffer the consequences of our actions so this would give you enough motivation to make you open your book or start writing that essay.
Finally imagine how good you will feel once you have completed everything hat is required of you. Picture yourself free of commitments with all your assignments handed in and then imagine what other activities you can embark on, now that your course work is done. This will help you to stay on the straight and narrow studying track.
1) During the winter most people
a) always deal with depression
b) find it difficult to motivate themselves to get going
c) don't get out of bed in the morning
d) don't worry about their university course work.
2) When things are cluttered on your desk
a) your books and notepads are in neat piles.
b) there is litter on your desk.
c) your desk looks untidy
d) none of these.
3) One way to get motivated to work on your university course work is by
a) preparing yourself psychologically the night before
b) drawing up a list of tasks to be done in order of importance
c) setting a 30 minute limit for specific tasks.
d) researching your topic first and then writing your report or paper.
4) When should people deal with jobs that require a lot of effort?
a) During the time of day when they can perform to the best of their ability.
b) after the have drunk two cups of coffee.
c) Only in the morning.
d) After they have completed their household chores.
5) Why would thinking about the effects of not doing course work be beneficial ?
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6) What is the writes's main purpose in writing this article?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7) Imagine that you are a university student and just completed your course work. describe how you would feel and explain why. use no more than 30 words.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART 2
You are going to read an article about "Insomnia". Your task is to decide whether the statements are true or false. Write T for True or F for False.
' Be Time Blues'
Insomnia,the inability to fall asleep or to stay asleep once you've dozed off,is the most common sleep disorder.Millions are affected each year and,even though poor sleep is more common in the elderly,anyone can get it.Insomnia can seriously interfere with one's daily routine;it can cause problems such as difficulty concentrating,lack of energy,fatigue and irritability.
Various psychological,social and environmental factors can cause insomnia.Anxiety and stress;certain illnesses like arthritis,heart and lung disease;the loss of a job or a loved one;environmental noise or the consumption of stimulant products like caffeine and nicotine can all disrupt one's sleep.One of the most common causes of chronic insomnia,however,is depression.
When diagnosed with insomnia,you must first treat the medical or psychological problems that give rise to it.You then must identify behaviours that may worsen insomnia and stop or reduce them.
Simple measures can be taken to overcome insomnia and promote a good night's sleep.First, stick to a consistent sleep routine.Try going to bed at the same time each night and getting up at the same time each day.Don't consume caffeine,alcohol or smoke cigarettes close to bedtime.Exercise during the day and avoid daytime naps.End the day with a calming pre-bed routine like reading a book,listening to soothing music or doing a relaxation exercise such as yoga.Avoid eating a large late-night meal since indigestion can keep you up at night.
Finally,sleeping pills can be helpful for short-term insomnia,but are not helpful in resolving chronic sleep problems.They are also known to have negative side effects and can be dangerous for people with certain illnesses.Sleeping pills should thus only be used when all else fails.If insomnia is persistent,however,please consult a doctor.
0 Inadequate sleep is more common in adolescents F
8 People with insomnia often feel exhausted and find difficult to focus.
9 Insomnia can give rise to arthritis.
10 Getting fired from your job can cause insomnia.
11 Drinking coffee before going to bed can disrupt your sleep.
12 Working out during the day can help promote a good night's sleep
13 Yoga tends to intensify sleep disorders.
14 Eating a three-course meal before you go to bed may upset your stomach.
15 Sleeping pills are effective for people who suffer from long-term insomnia.
USE OF ENGLISH SECTION 2
VOCABULARY
For the following questions circle A, B, C , or D to make the sentences meaningful.
16) By the end of the afternoon they had made all the.........for Tom's farewell party.
A suggestions
B efforts
C arrangements
D mistakes
17)My internet service was cut..........as I had forgotten to pay my bill.
A off
B back
C up
D in
18)This paragraph doesn't............any sense.Could you rephrase it,please?
A do
B make
C take
D have
19)I am interested in the..........for assistant manager at your accounting office.
A job
B gap
C work
D vacancy
20)Not only does pollution...........humans,but also the environment and buildings.
A wound
B injure
C hurt
D harm
GRAMMAR
For the following questions circle A,B,C or D to make the sentences meaningful.
21)Gregory.............a sailing course this weekend.
A takes
B has taken
C taking
D is taking
22)While we..........in the queue at the cinema,we saw a famous actor.
A waited
B had been waiting
C were waiting
D have been waiting
23)The week before the exam,the students worked.........than usual.
A harder
B more hard
C hardly
D hardest
24)My dad normally reads a magazine while eating.......
A the breakfast
B a breakfast
C an breakfast
D breakfast
25)My sister always avoids......before we go on a long journey as it makes her feel ill.
A to eat
B eating
C eat
D that she eat
Combine the sentences using the conjunction given in parentheses.Do not change the order of the sentences.Pay attention to the punctuation.
26)Our neighbours went to Italy.They saw some beautiful monuments.(when)
.................................................................................................................
27)He saved the file.Then he printed the document.(after)
..........................................................................................
28)The manager discovered that Pam was a thief.He dismissed her.(as soon as)
......................................................................................................................
29)We arrived at the cinema.The film started.(by the time)
......................................................................................................................
30)Dad repaired the tap.The plumber arrived.(before)
...................................................................................................................
Write the correct preposition to form meaningful sentences.
31)I look........my baby sister when my mum and dad go out.
32)Tina is counting.........me to volunteer at the local animal charity.
33)Nicholas is fond............collecting toy cars.
34)She picked the book.......and placed it on her desk.
35)Jennifer gets on very well..........her classmates.
WRITING
Write an article in 120-150 words.Your teacher has asked you to write an article commenting on the following statement:"The use of mobile phones in certain situations is not only rude,but can also be dangerous".Give reasons and examples to support your opinion. _________________________________________________________________________________
paf26022013
Follow this link. Listen and do all the exercised suggested on this page.
fm
http://www.esl-lab.com/expense/expenserd1.htm
___________________________________________________________
paf25022013
Try this kind of dictation!
http://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/en/vocabulary-games/spelloween
________________________________________________________
paf24022013
Dear students of Matura 2013,
Following is a listening exercise. Finish the exercises enclosed, as well.
fm
http://www.esl-lab.com/school1/scholrd1.htm#pre
_________________________________________________paf23022013
Students of Matura 2013,
paf23022013
If you want to try your skills in English before setting foot for FCE, it will be good if you start doing this kind of exercise. When you have finished it, just let me know to help you find a second test on the same subject.
fm
http://www.flo-joe.co.uk/fce/students/tests/3part2.htm
_______________________________________
paf22022013
http://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/en/stories/mr-smiths-new-nose
______________________________________________
paf211022013
This a grammar level test. Finish it to find out your own level.
fm
http://www.examenglish.com/leveltest/grammar_level_test.htm
____________________________________________________
paf20022013
Follow this link. Listen to the passages and answer the questions. Make it ready for Tuesday's session at 16:00.
fm
http://examenglish.com/leveltest/listening_level_test.htm
___________________________________________________________
paf19022013
paf18022013
Read the following link and the given explanations and then finish the quiz.
fm
http://www.examenglish.com/grammar/B1_presperf_continuous.htm
_____________________________________________________
paf17022013
Provoni te zgjidhni ushtrimin qe jepet ne linkun e meposhtem. Nese beni gabime atehere perpiquni te lexoni shpjegimet e dhena. Niveli i ushtrimit eshte B1.
fm
http://www.examenglish.com/grammar/b1_presentperfect_pastsimple.htm
__________________________________________________________
paf16022013
Para se te zgjidhni nje quiz qe ju jepet ne kete link mundohuni te regjistroni disa phrasal verbs ne fletoren tuaj edhe te jepni kuptimin e tyre ne gjuhen tuaj,mbasi te kini lexuar shpjegimet perkatese te tyre. Pastaj provoni te zgjidhni ushtrimin.
fm
http://www.examenglish.com/grammar/A2_phrasal_verbs_inseparable.htm
______________________________________________________
paf15022013
http://www.english-area.com/paginas/phrasalverbsquiz1.htm
w.english-area.com/paginas/phrasalverbsquiz2.htmhttp://ww
____________________________________________________________
paf1102013
Listen and try te retell this story on Tuesday's session at 15:00.
fm
http://www.bbc.co.uk/cbeebies/misc/stories/misc-midsummernightsdream/
_______________________________________________
paf08022013
Dear students,
http://www.patsula.com/esltown/eslstories/endlesstale.html
paf07022013
Have you ever listened to a whole book recorded in English? If no, here is your first try.
Find a quiet place in your house and keep listening to it.
I am sure you will enjoy it. If otherwise, please let me know.
fm
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JDtV-JFAt7c&feature=youtu.be
____________________________________________________________________
paf06022013
Dear students of Matura 2013,
I would like to suggest you continuing together a page on which we should present some grammar rules and try to avoid certain mistakes.
Let's call this page: " How not to make 100 mistakes!" You can change this name any time you like. Just simply suggest a better one.
I encourage you to add certain rules you like.The first ten rules are to be found on February 4th 2013.
Sincerely
fm
11. Use the present progressive - am playing, is raining etc - to talk about things that are continuing at the time of speaking.
I’m playing very badly today. (NOT
Look! It's raining! (NOT
12. Use for with a period of time. Use since with the beginning of the period.
for the last two hours = since 9 o'clock
for three days = since Monday
for five years = since I left school
I’ve been learning English for five years. (NOT
We’ve been waiting for ages, since eight o’clock.
13. Don't separate the verb from the object.
VERB | OBJECT | ||
She | speaks | English | very well . (NOT |
Andy | likes | skiing | very much. (NOT |
14. Don't use the present perfect - have/has seen, have/has gone etc - with words that name a finished time.
I saw him yesterday. (NOT
They went to Greece last summer. (NOT
15. English (the language) normally has no article.
You speak very good English. (NOT
16. After look forward to, we use -ing, not an infinitive.
I look forward to seeing you. (NOT
We’re looking forward to going on holiday. (NOT …
17. Information is an uncountable noun.
Can you give me some information? (NOT
I got a lot of information from the Internet. (NOT
18. Use -ing forms after prepositions.
I drove there without stopping. (NOT
Wash your hands before eating. (NOT
19. Use this, not that, for things that are close.
Come here and look at this paper. (NOT
How long have you been in this country? (NOT
20. Use a plural noun after one and a half.
We waited one and a half hours. (NOT
A mile is about one and a half kilometres. (NOT
___________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
paf04022013
Dear students of matura 2013,
I know from my experience that it is difficult to learn a language through rules. Personally, I wouldn't advice you that but if I were you, time and again I'd dare read some great grammar lessons of famous authors like Michael Swan. Following you will find ten of them and in case you find them useful, let me know.
fm
1. Don’t use an with own.
Sue needs her own room. (NOT
I’d like a phone line of my own. (NOT …
2. Use or rather to correct yourself.
She’s German – or rather, Austrian. (NOT
I’ll see you on Friday – or rather, Saturday.
3. Use the simple present – play(s), rain(s) etc – to talk about habits and repeated actions.
I play tennis every Saturday. (NOT
It usually rains a lot in November.
4. Use will …, not the present, for offers and promises.
I’ll cook you supper this evening. (NOT
I promise I’ll phone you tomorrow. (NOT
5. Don’t drop prepositions with passive verbs.
I don’t like to be shouted at. (NOT
This needs to be thought about some more. (NOT
6. Don’t use a present tense after It’s time.
It’s time you went home. (NOT
It’s time we invited Bill and Sonia. (NOT
7. Use was/were born to give dates of birth.
I was born in 1975. (NOT
Shakespeare was born in 1564.
8. Police is a plural noun.
The police are looking for him. (NOT
I called the police, but they were too busy to come.
9. Don't use the to talk about things in general.
Books are expensive. (NOT
I love music. (NOT
10. Use had better, not have better.
I think you’d better see the doctor. (NOT
We’d better ask John to help us.
____________________________________________________________________________
paf31012013
Following is the last story for this month. " Clever Monkey". Listen to it and try to retell it with your own words, on Tuesday's session at 3 o'clock p.m.
fm
http://www.oxfordowl.co.uk/Ebooks/Clever_Monkey/
______________________________________________________________________
paf30012013
Dear students of matura 2013,
Watch the video and if you have any questions let's discuss them on Tuesday's session.
fm
http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=endscreen&NR=1&v=84jVz0D-KkY
___________________________________________________
paf28012013
Practice Test 2
You are going to read an extract from "Wuthering Heights", by Emily Bronte. Your task is to decide whether the statements are True or False. Write T for True and F for False.
The ledge, where I placed my candle, had a few books piled up in one corner; and was covered with writing scratched on the paint. This writing, however, was only a name repeated in all kinds of characters, large and small - Catherine Earnshaw, Catherine Heathcliff, and Catherine Linton.
I discovered my candle was starting to burn one of the books. I picked it up. This book was a diary and bore the inscription - "Catherine Earnshaw, her book," and a date some quarter of a century back. I began to make out her faded handwriting.
"An awful Sunday," commenced the paragraph beneath. "I wish my father were back again. My brother Hindley's conduct to Heathcliff is atrocious -
Heathcliff and I are going to rebel.
All day it had been flooding with rain; we could not go to church, so Heathcliff, myself, and the ploughboy were ordered to take our prayed-books, and go upstairs : we sat in a row, on sack of corn, shivering. Joseph's service lasted precisely three hours. On Sunday evenings we were permitted to play, if we did not make much noise; now laughter is sufficient to send us into corners.
Joseph forced us to carry woo for the fire, which I hated doing so I picked up my book and threw it into the dog - kennel and Heathcliff kicked him to the same place. "Master Hindley!" shouted our chaplain. As soon as Hindley arrived, Joseph seized up all and hurled us into the back kitchen. We pushed the house door ajar for a little light but Heathcliff was impatient, and suggested that we put on the dairywoman's cloack, and go an play on the moors."
I suppose Catherine and Heathcliff did go to the moors, because the next sentence took up another subject.
"How little did I dream that Hindley would ever make my cry so !" she wrote. "My head aches, and still I can't stop crying. Poor Heathcliff! Hindley won't let him sit with us, nor eat with us any more; and, he says, he and I must not play together, and threatens to turn him out of the house if we break his orders. "
I began to nod off to sleep again, so I put Catherine's diary down. This time I heard distinctly the gusty wind, and the driving of the snow. I also heard a tree branch tapping against the window. I decided to silence it and stretching an arm out to grab the bench my fingers closed on the fingers of a little, ice-cold hand! The intense horror of nightmare came over me: I tried to pull my arm back inside, but the hand clung to it, and a melancholy voice sobbed, "Let me in - let me in !" "Who are you?" I asked, struggling, "Catherine Linton," it replied - "I've come home: I'd lost my way on the moor!" As it spoke, I saw a child's face at the window. Terror made me cruel; and, I pulled its wrist on the broken pane of glass. "How I can!" I said "Let me go, if you want me to let you in!" I cried out in a frenzy of fright. Hasty footsteps approached my door; somebody pushed it open, with a vigorous hand.
"Is any one here ? Mr Lockwood what's wrong ?" Heathcliff stood with his face as white as the wall behind me.
"Pardon me sir, I screamed in my sleep, owing to a frightful nightmare. I'm sorry I disturbed you." I then gave Heathcliff the details of my dream.
Heathcliff got on to the bed, and wrenched open the window, bursting, as he pulled at it, into an uncontrollable passion of tears.
"Come in ! Come in !" he sobbed. "Cathy, do come. Oh, do -- once more ! Oh ! My heart's darling ! Hear me this time, Catherine, at last !"
There was such anguish in the grief that accompanied this raving, that my compassion made me overlook its folly and I felt concerned at having related my ridiculous nightmare, since it produced that agony; although I could not understand why.
0. The names Catherine Linton, Catherine Heathcliff and Catherine Earnshaw were engraved on the ledge
1. Mr Lockwood began to read Catherine's journal.
2. Catherine and Heathcliff were treated very well by her brother Hindley.
3. Catherine's diary is full of happy and pleasant childhood memories.
4. The tapping of a tree branch against the window is caused by the wind.
5. Mr Lockwood attempts to help the little girl into his chamber.
6. The lost little girl seems to be the ghost of Catherine Linton.
7. Heathcliff shows great concern for what caused Mr Lockwood to scream.
8. Heathcliff tries to calm down his scared guest.
9. Heathcliff's outpouring of grief is a great shock to Mr Lockwood.
Part 2
In the following extract 10 parts of sentences have been removed. Choose from clauses A-L the ONE which fits each gap 10-19. There is one extra clause which you do not need. There is an example at the beginning.Internet Shopping
More and more of us are (0) A and do our shopping from our computers, but it seems that we still have the high street, (10) ......, in mind when we go online shopping. Two thirds of Internet shoppers would rather buy from the website of a shop with a familiar high street name, (11) ...... to use an unknown website. Keeping to well-known names is not always (12) ......, but people are worried that buying on the Internet may not be safe and that their money will just disappear. To help (13) ......, there are now organizations that protect the rights of online shoppers, and they can help if costumers have any problems with online shopping sites.
Shoppers can (14) ...... . First of all make sure you are buying from the right site. This may (15) ......, but some companies have sites in a lot of different countries and these sites are very similar to one another. A friend of mine who is crazy about all new rock releases, (16) ......, instead of the company's British site and ended up with a lot of problems and expense. He had to wait a long time for the CDs to be sent from the US and (17) ...... in customs charges.
You should (18) ......, including the total price with delivery. Then when the payment comes through (19) ......, you can double-check that you have been charged the right amount. If anything looks wrong you should report the problem to your credit card company immediately.
A. opting to stay at home
B. the best bet for online bargains,
C. take a few simple precautions to avoid such problems
D. accidentally bought some CDs from a site in America.
E. on your credit card
F. finally paid much more than he had planned
G. overcome such fears as identity theft or credit card fraud
H. sound rather ridiculous
I. never do your shopping over the Internet.
J. keep a written or electronic record of what you have ordered
K. while only one in five of us are happy.
L. which is the primary business street of cities
Vocabulary
For questions 20-24 read the text below and think of a word which best fits in the space. Use only one word in each space. There is an example at the beginning (0).Skiing is a sport, (0) like golf, where practice alone is not enough. Whatever your level, from complete (20) ........................ to potential World Cup star, you need expert coaching to progress. Throughout the winter, a growing number of specialist courses (21) ....................... Europe and North America promise to correct bad technique by providing a friendly alternative approach to conventional ski school.
The feeling of anxiety and a general lack of control on skis are all too often what hold people back. Small children whiz past, bigger snowboarders thunder by, and you sometimes (22) ..................... like giving up and going home.
The Ski Company (not to be confused with the luxury tour operator of the same name), holds courses for nervous skiers based in Courchevel, with its gentle and beautifully maintained slopes. The teaching principle is (23) ............................... on "putting you in charge" of your skis so that you can decide where you want to go and (24) ............................ fast. Most importantly, learning to relax is one of the key elements to becoming a better skier.
Grammar
For questions 25-28, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Do not change the word given.25. a) They didn't leave the lecture hall until the presentation had finished.
after
They ............................................................................ the presentation had finished.
b) They say John is the best professor on campus.
said
John ............................................................................ the best professor on campus.
c) It was such an expensive car that I couldn't afford to buy it.
too
The car was ............................................................... buy.
26. a) I'll bring a board game because we may want to play later.
case
I'll bring a board game ............................................... to play later.
b) Leonardo doesn't want to tidy his room this afternoon.
rather
Leonardo ...................................................................... his room this afternoon.
c) I can't decide what to take with me on the camping trip.
mind
I can't ............................................................................ what to take with me on the camping trip.
27. a) I have never met a more intelligent person.
the
He is .............................................................................. I have ever met.
b) Firefighters have to wear protective clothing at all times.
worn
Protective clothing ..................................................... firefighters at all times.
c) I am sure their plane landed an hour ago.
must
Their plane ................................................................... an hour ago.
28. a) "Why don't we go scuba-diving this weekend?" Fiona asked.
suggested
Fiona ............................................................................. scuba-diving this weekend.
b) Jacob broke his arm so he couldn't take part in the gymnastics competition. broken
If Jacob ................................... his arm, he would have taken part in the gymnastics competition.
For the following questions circle A,B,C or D to make the sentences meaningful.
29. Paul denied ....... the confidential letter.
A. opening
B. open
C. to open
D. to have opened
30. Harry fell ....... the rest of his classmates because he had been sick all week.
A. back
B. behind
C. for
D. through
31. Our class ....... preparations for our end of year theatrical production.
A. make
B. do
C. is making
D. done
32. The snow storm ....... the flight from taking off.
A. prevented
B. refused
C. discouraged
D. interrupted
Writing
The next Olympic Games will be in your country. After reading an advertisement in the newspaper, you decide that you would like to volunteer at these games. Write a formal letter of about 120-150 words to the Olympic Committee. __________________________________________________________paf24012013
Legend
moment in time |
|
period of time |
|
Result |
|
Course / Duration |
|
___________________________________________________________
paf23012013
Dear students of matura 2013,
Phrasal verbs are always confusing. Time and again I will try to give to you a few of them ( the most useful ) and on your side please try do this kind of exercise and keep notes of these kinds of verbs.
fm
- It´s too cold in here. Shall I ________________ (increase the temperature) the heating?
- turn up
- get up
- put on
- turn on
- This horrible weather _______ me ________ (depress).
- gets down
- puts down
- breaks down
- works down
- We had to ________________ (postpone) the trip because of the bad weather.
- call off
- put off
- take off
- call out
- After 20 years together Paul and Julia ________________ (end a relationship).
- broke away
- split up
- broke down
- split off
- It´s not such a terrible thing! Don´t worry! ________________! (be happy, not be sad).
- cheer out
- cheer up
- laugh out
- laugh away
- It´s your problem, so try to ________it _______ (solve).
- work in
- solve in
- sort out
- sort off
- The car ________________ (stop working) in the middle of the motorway.
- broke down
- work out
- work off
- broke out
- What does this word mean? I´ll _______ it ______ (find its meaning) in the dictionary.
- look in
- look for
- look out
- look up
- The police ________________ (investigate) the robbery of a famous painting.
- are finding out
- are finding in
- are looking into
- are looking on
- I´ve missed many lessons, so now I´ll have to ________________ (reach the same level, learn the same as the others) the other students.
- catch up with
- catch up
- hurry up
- learn on
The answers are: 1A/ 2A/ 3B/ 4B/ 5B/ 6C/ 7A/ 8D/ 9C/ 10A
paf22012013
Dear students of matura 2013,
From this day on, I am going to post on your page several test models of the final one you will have to solve in June 2013. Please, be informed to get them step by step. I wish you success and I will do my best to help you through these months coming.
fm
PRACTICE TEST 1
Part 1
For questions 1-4,choose the answer (A,B,C or D) which you think fits best according to the text,while for the questions 5-7 answer the
Helping to Save the Elephant
Once there were millions of elephants roaming our continents.Unfortunately their numbers have been reduced
A.slowing down because of a lack
A.There may be fewer elephants in twenty years.
Part 2
Read the paragraphs and circle A, B, C or D for the best summary for each one.Only about a third of Britons take part regularly in such activities as walking and gardening to protect their health and that of their children. A study revealed last week that many toddlers now spend so little time playing and moving around that they risk becoming obese adults. Too many people are doing too little activity. The government can remove the barriers (for example, by making sure that new sports facilities at schools are open to the public) but if individuals themselves don't make an effort, then unfortunately nothing much is going to charge.
8- A) Governments will solve the problem of obesity.
B) Personal and governmental attempts to promote active lifestyles.
C) The British have always suffered from obesity.
D) Nothing can be done to ensure healthy living habits.
However strange or unusual it may seen, travel and study breaks are what can only be described as life-changing experiences - and many people are trying them out. Florence, for instance, is a great place to visit, to take in the culture and the language. But when considering the city for a travel and study break, it is not just about mouth watering food and drink and having fun in Florence. People also go there to study. What better way is there to learn a language and discover the history of a country than being there with the people, experiencing the culture and life buzzing all around them ?
9- A) The dangers of study abroad.
B) Taking time off from studies to travel.
C) The combined benefits of travel and study.
D) Getting a taste of the Italian cuisine.
Vocabulary
For questions 10-14 read the text below and think of a word which best fits the space. Use only one word in each space. There is an example at the beginning (0).Figuring out a time and a place to do your homework is very important. Only you have decided (0) when to do your homework, the question is where to do it.
A good study area should have a desk or a table big (10) .................... to spread your books without them being on top of each other. You should also have lots (11) .................... light. Ideally, you will be near a window with an overhead light and perhaps even a samll reading lamp.
Most importantly, you need a place (12) ......................... is relatively free from distractions. That mean no TV on in the room, no brothers or sisters running past you, and no phone conversations to listen in on. Finally, whether or not you listen to music (13) .............................. you are studying (14) .............................. on your personal preference.
Grammar
For questions 15-19, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Do not change the word given.15) a) I haven't talked to Jane for a long time.
since
It's a ............................................................................ to Jane.
b) My brother advised me which computer screen I should buy.
gave
My brother .............................................................. choosing a computer screen.
c) The students went canoeing and also went mountain climbing.
addition
The students went canoeing ............................................................. mountain climbing.
16) a) The secretary forgot to pass on my message to the supervisor.
not
My message ............................................................... to the supervisor.
b) I've reduced the amount of junk food i eat, but I am not losing much weight.
cutting
I've tried ................................................... junk food, but I am not losing much weight.
c) Greg has such a good imagination that he can make up interesting stories.
is
Greg .................................................................... that he can make up interesting stories.
17) a) Henry had a headache because he had spent hours playing computer games.
playing
Henry had an headache because ................................ computer games for hours.
b) It was wrong of you to take money from my purse without asking.
shouldn't
You ......................................................................... money from my purse without asking.
c) I don't expect you to phone me before you pay me a visit.
need
You ......................................................................... me before you pay me a visit.
18) a) The teacher said that Simon had cheated in the science exam.
accused
The teacher ..................................................................................... in the science exam.
b) My sister should stop eating so much chocolate, because it isn't good for her.
give
My sister must ............................................. so much chocolate, because it isn't good for her.
For the following questions circle A, B, C, or D to make the sentences meaningful.
19) a) Have you ever been back to the town ....... in ?
A where you were born
B that you were born
C in which you were born
D when you were born
b) You will miss your plane ......... up.
A if you hurry
B unless you don't hurry
C unless you hurry
D if you hurried
c) I remember ............ that I had my car keys with me when I left the house.
A to check
B that I check
C checked
D checking
d) I wish I ............. rude to Sally last week, as she is not speaking to me now.
A hadn't been
B wasn't
C haven't been
D wouldn't be
WRITING - Section 3
Write an e-mail in 120-150 words to your friend from Britain telling him/her that you would like to visit. Ask him/her anything else that you think is important concerning your trip.paf19012013
______________
Dear students of the matura exam 2013,
This test will help you to find out if there are parts of grammar that you should look at again before you set foot for the final exam.
Choose the correct answer a), b), c), or d).
Words and sentences:
1) We gave .............................................. a meal.
a) at the visitors b) for the visitors c) the visitors d) to the visitors
Verbs
2) I'm busy at the moment. ............................. on the computer.
a) I work b) I'm work c) I'm working d) I working
3) My friend ........................................ the answer to the question.
a) is know b) know c) knowing d) knows
4) I think I will buy these shoes. ........................................... really well.
a) They fit b) They have fit c) They're fitting d) They were fitting
5) Where ............................................... that car?
a) did you park b) did you parked c) parked you d) you parked
6) At nine o'clock yesterday morning we ............................................. for the bus.
a) wait b) waiting c) was waiting d) were waiting
7) When I looked round the door, the baby ................................................ quietly.
a) is sleeping b) slept c) was sleeping d) were sleeping
8) Here is my report. ....................................................................... it at last.
a) I finish b) I finished c) I'm finished d) I've finished
9) I've ............................................ made some coffee. It's in the kitchen.
a) ever b) just c) never d) yet
10) We ..................................................... to Ireland for our holidays last year.
a) goes b) going c) have gone d) went
11) Robert ......................................... ill for three weeks. he is still in hospital.
a) had been b) has been c) is d) was
12) My arms are aching because ............................................... since two o'clock.
a) I'm swimming b) swam c) swim d) I've been swimming
13) I am very tired. ......................................................... over four hundred miles today.
a) drive b) I' driving c) I've been driving d) I've driven
14) When Martin............................................. the car, he took it out for a drive.
a) had repaired b) has repaired c) repaired d) was repairing
15) Janet was out of breath because.............................. .
a) she'd been running b) she did run c) she has been running d) she's run
16) Don't worry. I .................................................... be here to help you.
a) not b) shall c) willn't d) won't
17) Our friends .............................................. meet us at the airport tonight.
a) are b) are going to c) go to d) will be to
18) ................................................. a party next Saturday. We sent out the invitations.
a) We had b) We have c) We'll have d) We're having
19) I'll tell Anna all the news when ......................................................... her.
a) I'll b) I'm going to see c) I see d) I shall see
20) At this time tomorrow ................................................... over the Atlantic.
a)we flaying b) we'll be flying c) we'll fly d) we to fly
21) Where is Robert? ........................................................ a shower.
a) Does he have b) Has he c) Has he got d) Is he having
22) I ................................................... like the coat. It's really nice.
a) am b) do c) very d) yes
Questions, negatives and answers
23) What's the weather like in Canada? How often ............................... there?
a) does it snow b) does it snows c) snow d) snows it
24) Which team ............................................ the game?
a) did it win b) did they win c) won d) won it
25. What did you leave the meeting early ...............................? - I didn't feel very well.
a) away b) because c) for d) like
26. Unfortunately the driver .............................................. the red light.
a) didn't saw b) didn't see c) no saw d) saw not
27. You haven eaten your pudding. .......................................... it?
a) Are you no want b) Do you no want c) Don't want you d) Don't you want
28. I really enjoyed the disco. It was great.,............................................ ?
a) is it b) isn't it c) was it d) wasn't it
29) Are we going the right way? - I think ........................ .
a) indeed b) it c) so d) yes
Modal verbs
30) The chemist's was open, so luckily I ................................... buy some aspirin.
a) can b) can't c) did can d) was able to
31. Susan has to work very hard. I ................................. do her job, I'm sure.
a) can't b) couldn't c) don't d) shouldn't
32. We had a party last night............................. spend all morning clearing up the mess.
a) I must have b) I've been to c) I've had to d) I've must
33) There was no one else at the box office . I ................................ in a queue.
a) didn't need to wait b) mustn't wait c) needn't have waited d) needn't wait
34................................................. I carry that bag for you? - Uh, thank you.
a) Do b) Shall c) Will d) Would
35) I have lost the key. I ought ........................................... it in a safe place.
a) that I put b) to be putting c) to have put d) to put
The passive
36) We can't go along here because the road is ........................................ .
a) been repaired b) being repaired c) repair d) repaired
37) The story I have just read ........................................ Agatha Christie.
a) was written b) was written by c) was written from d) wrote
38) Some film starts ................................... be difficult to work with.
a) are said b) are said to c) say d) say to
39) I am going to got out and ...................................................................... .
a) have cut my hair b) have my hair cut c) let my hair cut d) my hair be cut
The infinitive and the -ing form
40) The driver was arrested for failing ............................................. an accident.
a) of report b) report c) reporting d) to report
41) Someone suggested ................................................ for a walk.
a) go b) going c) of going d) to go
42) I can remember ......................................................... voices in the middle of the night.
a) hear b) heard c) hearing d) to hear
43) The police want ........................................................... anything suspicious.
a) that we report b) us reporting c) us to report d) we report
44) We weren't sure ............................................or just walk in.
a) should knock b) to knock c) whether knock d) whether to knock
45) It was too cold .................................................... outside.
a) the guest eating b) for the guest to eat c) that the guest should eat d) that the guests eat
46) Did you congratulate Tessa ................................... her exam.
a) of passing b) on passing c) passing d) to pass
47) I didn't like it in the city at first. But now................................ here.
a) I got used to living b) I'm used to living c) I used to live d) I used to living
48) They raised the money simply .................................... for it. It was easy.
a) asking b) by asking c) of asking d) washing
49) As we walked pass, we saw Nigel............................................. his car.
a) in washing b) to wash c) wash d) washing
Nouns and articles ( a.an and the )
50) I need to buy .................................................. .
a) a bread b) a loaf bread c) a loaf of bread d) breads
51) My father is not only the town major, he runs ................................................................., too.
a) a business b) a piece of business c) business d) some business
54) I was watching TV at home when suddenly...........................rang.
a) a doorbell b) an doorbell c) doorbell d) the doorbell
55) I've always liked............................
a)Chinese food b)food of China c)some food of China d)the Chinese food
56) In England most children go.....................at the age of five.
a)school b)to school c)to some schools d)to the school
57) We haven't had a holiday for.............................time
a) a so long b)so a long c)such a long d)such long
58) Our friends have a house in.............................
a) a West London b) the West London c)West London d)West of London
This, my, some, a lot of, all ,etc.
59) It's so boring here. nothing ever happens in....................place.
a)that b)these c)this d)those
60) Is that my key, or is it......................?
a) the yours b) the your's c)your d) yours
61) Adrian takes no interest in clothes . He'll wear........................ .
a) a thing b)anything c) something d) thing
62) There's...........................use in complaining.They probably won't do anything about it.
a) a few b)a little c)few d)little
63) I don't want to bay any of these books. I've got..............................
a)all b)all them c)everything d)them all
Pronouns
64) Let's stop and have a coffee. ......................a cafe over there ,look.
a)Is b)It's c)There d)There's
65) Everyone in the group shook hands with.........................
a) each other b)one other c)one the other d)themselves
66)The washing machine has broken down again. I think we should get.......................
a)new b)a new one c)new d)new one
67) All the guests were dancing. .................................having a good time.
a) All were b) Every was c) Everyone was d) Someone were
Adjectives and adverbs
68) The house was......................building.
a) a nice old stone b)a nice stone old c)a stone old nice d)an old nice stone
69) The government is doing to help................................
a) poor b) the poor c) the poors d) the poor ones
70) The young man seems very...........................
a)sensible b)sensiblely c)sensibley d)sensibly
71) I ..........................missed the bus. I was only just in time to catch it.
a)mostly b)near c)nearest d)nearly
72) This detailed map is ...................................the atlas.
a) more useful as b) more useful than c) usefuller as d) usefuller than
73) This place gets ................................crowded with tourists every summer.
a)always more b)crowded and more c)from more to more d)more and more
74)Yes , I have got the report. ..................................it.
a) I just am reading b)I'm just reading c) I'm reading just d)Just I'm reading
75)I've read this paragraph three times, and I ............................understand it.
a) can't still b) can't jet c) still can't d) yet can't
76)We're really sorry. We regret what happened ............................
a) a bit b) much c) very d) very much
Prepositions
77)The village is ................................. Sheffield. It's only six miles away.
a) along b) by c) near d) next
78)You can see the details ................................ the computer screen.
a) at b) by c) in d) on
79)I've got a meeting ........................... Thursday afternoon.
a) at b) in c) on d) to
80)We've lived in this flat ..................... five years.
a) ago b) already c) for d) since
81)This car is ......................., if you're interested in buying it.
a) for sale b) in sale c) at sale d) to sell
82)Polly wants to cycle round the world. She's really keen .................. the idea.
a) about b) for c) on d) with
Verbs with prepositions and adverbs
83)I prefer dogs ...................... cats. I hate cats.
a) from b) over c) than d) to
84)My father used the money he won to set ............................ his own company.
a) forward b) on c) out d) up
85)Don't go too fast. I can't keep ......................... you.
a) on to b) on with c) up to d) up with
Reported speech
86)Someone .................................... the tickets are free.
a) said me b) said me that c) told me d) told to me
87)Last week Justin said "I'll do it tomorrow." He said he would do it ........................
a) the following day b) the previous day c) tomorrow d) yesterday
88)I don't know why Nancy didn't go to the meeting. She said she ................... definitely going.
a) be b) is c) was d) would
89)The librarian asked us ........................... so much noise.
a) don't make b) not make c) not making d) not to make
Relative clauses
90)What's the name of the man .......................... gave us a lift ?
a) he b) what c) which d) who
91)What's that noise ............................. ?
a) at that you were looking b) you were looking at c) you were looking at it d) which you were looking
92)Susan is the woman ...................... husband is in hospital.
a) her b) hers the c) whose d) whose the
93)York, .................... last year, is a nice old city.
a) I visited b) that I visited c) which I visited d) who waiting
94)The accident was seen by some people ......................... at a bus stop.
a) waited b) waiting c) were waiting d) who waiting
Conditionals and wish
95)If .......................... my passport, I'll be in trouble.
a) I lose b) I'll lose c) I lost d) I would lose
96)I haven't got a ticket. If ................... one, I could get in.
a) I'd have b) I had c) I have d) I've got
97)If the bus to the airport hadn't been so late, we ........................ the plane. a) caught b) had caught c) would catch ad cought... d) would have caught
98)If only people .................................... keep sending me bills!
a) don't b) shouldn't c)weren't d) wouldn't
Linking words
99)I just had to take the dog out ................................. of the awful weather.
a) although b) despite c) even though d) in spite
100)Anna put the electric fire on ....................... warm.
a) for getting b) in order to get c) so she gets d) to get
There’s definately a great deal to find out about this issue.
ReplyDeleteI like all of the points you’ve made.
Custom Stickers Uk
Custom Packaging Uk
Yes, I read this post completely and found it very good.
ReplyDeleteHi! Great work. I feel nice to be here reading your authentic work.
Custom Sticker
Ask Questions Get Answers
custom packaging boxes
Those are great videos to learn new things. Thanks for helping people a lot.
ReplyDeleteMarketing Agency | Web Development | E-Commerce | ERP